USVI Public Records

Document text

PROJECT MANUAL GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES VIRGIN ISLANDS US VIRGIN ISLANDS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY FLEMING HOUSE ST. CROIX, VI 00841 Honorable Adrienne L. Williams-Octalien, Director OFFICE OF DISASTER RECOVERY VIRGIN ISLANDS PUBLIC FINANCE AUTHORITY 1000 KING STREET, SUITE NO. 6 CHRISTAINSTED, ST. CROIX, VI 00820 FOR Honorable Albert Bryan, Jr, Governor & Honorable Tregenza A. Roach Esq., Lieutenant Governor GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES VIRGIN ISLANDS GOVERNMENT HOUSE, ST. THOMAS UNITED STATES VIRGIN ISLANDS 00802 Wayne L. Biggs, Jr., CEO VIRGIN ISLANDS ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY 116 KING STREET, FREDERIKSTED, ST. CROIX UNITED STATES VIRGIN ISLANDS 00840 ST. THOMAS, UNITED STATES VIRGIN ISLANDS 00802-5805 DOCUMENT 00 0101 – PROJECT TITLE PAGE Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 00 0101 - 1 DOCUMENT 00 0101 - PROJECT TITLE PAGE PROJECT MANUAL FOR: OWNER: GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES, VIRGIN ISLANDS Honorable Albert Bryan, Jr., Governor Honorable Tregenza A. Roach, Esq., Lieutenant Governor Government House St. Thomas 5047 (21-22) Kongens Gade St. Thomas, VI 00802-6487 Phone: (340) 774-0001 Attn: Albert Bryan, Jr., Governor AGENCY OFFCE OF DISASTER RECOVERY Honorable Adrienne L. Williams-Octalien, Director V.I Public Finance Authority 1000 King Street, Suite No. 6 Christiansted, VI 00820 - 4905 Phone: (340) 774-8135 Attn: Michael D. Vante mdvante@usvipfa.com AGENCY: DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS Honorable Derek Gabriel, Commissioner Jermaine McCleane, RA District Engineering Department of Public Works 8244 Subbase St. Thomas, VI 00802 Phone: (340) 776-4844 Attn: Jermaine McCleane Jermaine.mccleane @dpwvi.gov ARCHITECT: SPRINGLINE ARCHITECTS, LLC Michael de Haas, LEED, Principal Gilbert Laban, RA, Project Manager & Architect 6346 Estate Smith Bay St. Thomas, U.S.V.I. 00802 Phone: (340) 777-2345 Fax: (340) 777-2346 Attn: Gilbert Laban, RA gilbert@springlinearchitects.com DOCUMENT 00 0101 – PROJECT TITLE PAGE Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 00 0101 - 2 STRUCTURAL: TOTAL ENGINEERING LTD. Richard Taylor, PE, Principal P.O. Box 8309 Cruz Bay, St. John, VI 00831-8309 Phone: (340) 513-2817 Fax: (284) 494-0775 Attn: Richard Taylor, PE sytmeng@systemscaribbean.com DATE: May 9, 2024 END OF DOCUMENT 00 0101 DOCUMENT 00 0110 – TABLE OF CONTENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 00 0110 - 1 DOCUMENT 00 0110 – TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 0101 Project Title Page 00 0110 Table of Contents 00 4113 Bid Form - Stipulated Sum (Single-Prime Contract) DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 1000 Summary 01 2100 Allowances 01 2500 Substitution Procedures 01 2600 Contract Modification Procedures 01 2900 Payment Procedures 01 3100 Project Management and Coordination 01 3200 Construction Progress Documentation 01 3233 Photographic Documentation 01 3300 Submittal Procedures 01 4000 Quality Requirements 01 4200 References 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 6000 Product Requirements 01 7300 Execution 01 7419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 01 7700 Closeout Procedures 01 7823 Operation and Maintenance Data 01 7839 Project Record Documents 01 7900 Demonstration and Training DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 2820 Termite Control 02 4119 Selective Demolition 02 4296 Historic Removal and Dismantling DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE Not Used DIVISION 04 - MASONRY 04 0343 Historic Masonry Repointing DIVISION 5 - METALS Not Used DOCUMENT 00 0110 – TABLE OF CONTENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 00 0110 - 2 DIVISION 6 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 1600 Sheathing 06 2013 Exterior Finish Carpentry 06 2023 Interior Finish Carpentry DIVISION 7 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 2100 Thermal Insulation 07 4113.13 Formed Metal Roofing Panels 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07 9200 Joint Sealants DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS 08 5113 Aluminum Windows Door Hardware (see Drawings) 08 9119 Fixed Louvers DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09 2900 Gypsum Board 09 5113 Acoustical Panel Ceiling 09 9113 Exterior Painting 09 9123 Interior Painting DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Not Used DIVISION 11 – SPECIALTIES Not Used DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS Not Used DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Used DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING EQUIPMENT Not Used END OF DOCUMENT 00 0110 FLEMING HOUSE: REPAIRS Government of the USVI P478+RV6, Custom House St., Frederiksted, St. Croix, 00841 USVI Project #: 70211 SPRINGLINE ARCHITECTS a NOVUS architects copany ITEM # BASE BID: DESCRIPTION UNIT UNIT RATE QTY TOTAL DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS & MOBILIZATION LS 1 $ - DIVISION 2 - EXISTING CONDITIONS 2 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION LS 1 $ - DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 3 SPLASH BLOCKS LS 1 $ - DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 4 REPAIR CMU SUBSTRATE LS 1 $ - 5 REPOINT BRICK OR STONE MASONARY WALL LS 1 $ - 6 BRICK WALLS AND COLUMNS LS 1 $ - 7 REPAIR BRICK COLUMNS (406 Mitigation) LS 1 $ - DIVISION 5 - METALS 8 STORM GRADE ALUMINUM LOUVER LS 1 $ - DIVISION 6 - WOODS AND PLASTICS 9 REPLACE HISTORIC QUATREFOIL LATTICE LS 1 $ - 10 NEW WOOD DECORATIVE GINGERBREAD BOARD RAIL LS 1 $ - 11 SECOND FLOOR ENCLOSED PORCH FLOOR REPAIRS LS 1 $ - 12 EXTERIOR INFILL WALL AT FORMER WINDOW OR DOOR LS 1 $ - 13 ORNAMENTAL WOOD RAILING LF 32 $ - 14 WOOD SIDING, TRIM AND MOULDINGS LS 1 $ - 15 FRAMING AND FASCIA LS 1 $ - DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 16 ROOF STRUCTURE REINFORCING LS 1 $ - 17 REPLACE SUBSTRATE & INSULATION FOR METAL ROOF LS 1 $ - 18 METAL ROOFING SYSTEM SF 4550 $ - 19 FLASHING, GUTTER AND DOWN SPOUTS LS 1 $ - 20 INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIER SF 3360 $ - DIVISION 8 - OPENINGS 21 REPLACE JALOUSIES AT DOOR-SIZED OPENING LS 1 $ - 22 REPLACE JALOUSIES AT WINDOW-SIZED OPENING LS 1 $ - 23 REPLACE WINDOWS LS 1 $ - 24 REMOVE AND REPLACE WINDOWS EA 9 $ - 25 SHUTTERS EA 25 $ - 26 REFURBISHED SECURITY GRILLS (406 Mitigation) LS 1 $ - 27 REPAIR AND REFURBISH WINDOW STORM SHUTTERS (406 Mitigation) LS 1 $ - 28 REPAIR AND REFURBISH DOOR STORM SHUTTERS (406 Mitigation) LS 1 $ - DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 29 REPLACE PANELS IN WATER DAMAGED GRID CEILING LS 1 $ - 30 PAINT EXTERIOR LS 1 $ - 31 INTERIOR COATINGS LS 1 $ - DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 32 REMOVE AND REPLACE EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURE LS 1 $ - 33 REPLACE 1X2 FLOURESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE LS 1 $ - 34 NEW LIGHT FIXTURES EA 4 $ - BASE BID TOTAL $ - SCHEDULE OF PRICES 100% Construction Documents 1 of 1 2/13/2025 SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 1000 - 1 SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Contractor's use of site and premises. 4. Work restrictions. 5. Specification and Drawing conventions. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: Fleming House and Customs House. 1. Project Location: P478+RV6, Custom House Street St., Frederiksted, St. Croix, 00841 USVI B. Owner: Government of the US Virgin Islands Department of Health Parcels, United States. 1. Owner's Representative: Albert Bryan, Jr., Governor C. Architect: Springline Architects. 1. Architect's Representative: Gilbert Laban, RA, Project Manager & Architect SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 1000 - 2 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. The project is located on St. Croix in the Virgin Islands. The project is the renovation of an historic building – the Fleming House. The Fleming House is a 2-level building. The renovation includes, primarily, window and roof replacement, as well repairs, such as repointing and gypsum wallboard, and interior and exterior finish carpentry with paint finishes. B. Type of Contract: 1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Unrestricted Use of Site: Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations during construction period. B. Limits on Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to Work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Limits on Use of Site: Confine construction operations to extent of project shown on design documents. 2. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or for storage of materials. C. Condition of Existing Grounds: Maintain portions of existing grounds, landscaping, and hardscaping affected by construction operations throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. 1.6 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Comply with restrictions on construction operations. 1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets, work on public streets, rights of way, and other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work to between 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated. SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 1000 - 3 C. Existing Utility Interruptions: 1. Notify Construction Manager not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Obtain Owner's Construction Manager's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions. D. Noise, Vibration, Dust, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, dust, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner. 1. Notify Owner's Construction Manager not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations. 2. Obtain Owner's Construction Manager's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations. E. Smoking and Controlled Substance Restrictions: Use of tobacco products, alcoholic beverages, and other controlled substances on Project site is not permitted. F. Employee Identification: Provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on Project site. Require personnel to use identification tags at all times. G. Employee Screening: Comply with Owner's requirements for screening of Contractor personnel working on Project site. 1.7 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Text Color: Text used in the Specifications, including units of measure, manufacturer and product names, and other text may appear in multiple colors or underlined as part of a hyperlink; no emphasis is implied by text with these characteristics. 3. Hypertext: Text used in the Specifications may contain hyperlinks. Hyperlinks may allow for access to linked information that is not residing in the Specifications. Unless otherwise indicated, linked information is not part of the Contract Documents. 4. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B. Division 00 Contracting Requirements: General provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to all Sections of the Specifications. C. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 1000 - 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 1000 SECTION 01 2100 - ALLOWANCES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 2100 - 1 SECTION 01 2100 - ALLOWANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances. B. Types of allowances include the following: 1. Lump-sum allowances. 2. Quantity allowances. 3. Contingency allowances. 4. Testing and inspecting allowances. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders. 2. Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements" for procedures governing the use of allowances for field testing by an independent testing agency. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Allowance: A quantity of work or dollar amount included in the Contract, established in lieu of additional requirements, used to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when direction will be provided to Contractor. If necessary, additional requirements will be issued by Change Order. 1.4 SELECTION AND PURCHASE A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Owner’s Construction Manager of the date when final selection, or purchase and delivery, of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed by the Owner to avoid delaying the Work. B. At Owner’s Construction Manager's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work. SECTION 01 2100 - ALLOWANCES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 2100 - 2 C. Purchase products and systems selected by Owner’s Construction Manager from the designated supplier. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances in the form specified for Change Orders. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. B. Submit time sheets and other documentation to show labor time and cost for installation of allowance items that include installation as part of the allowance. C. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the Work. 1.7 LUMP-SUM ALLOWANCES A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Owner’s Construction Manager under allowance and shall include taxes, freight, and delivery to Project site. B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Owner’s Construction Manager under allowance shall be included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance. C. Unused Materials: Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted. 1. If requested by Owner’s Construction Manager, retain and prepare unused material for storage by Owner. Deliver unused material to Owner's storage space as directed. 1.8 QUANTITY ALLOWANCES A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Owner’s Construction Manager under allowance and shall include taxes, freight, and delivery to Project site. SECTION 01 2100 - ALLOWANCES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 2100 - 3 B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Owner’s Construction Manager under allowance shall be included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance. C. Unused Materials: Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted. 1. If requested by Owner’s Construction Manager, retain and prepare unused material for storage by Owner. Deliver unused material to Owner's storage space as directed. 1.9 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES A. Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Owner’s Construction Manager for Owner's purposes and only by Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance. B. Contractor’s overhead, profit, and related costs for products and equipment ordered by Owner under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance and are not part of the Contract Sum. These costs include delivery, installation, taxes, insurance, equipment rental, and similar costs. C. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit. D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to Owner by Change Order. 1.10 TESTING AND INSPECTING ALLOWANCES A. Testing and inspecting allowances include the cost of engaging testing agencies, actual tests and inspections, and reporting results. B. The allowance does not include incidental labor required to assist the testing agency or costs for retesting if previous tests and inspections result in failure. The cost for incidental labor to assist the testing agency shall be included in the Contract Sum. C. Costs of testing and inspection services not specifically required by the Contract Documents are Contractor responsibilities and are not included in the allowance. D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the testing and inspecting allowance to Owner by Change Order. SECTION 01 2100 - ALLOWANCES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 2100 - 4 1.11 ADJUSTMENT OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, prepare a Change Order proposal based on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of work-in-place where applicable. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, required maintenance materials, and similar margins. 1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance. 2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs and other markups. 3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of Work, if any, claimed in Change Orders related to unit-cost allowances. 4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent quantity survey, measure, or count. B. Submit claims for increased costs due to a change in the scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the purchase order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. 1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of Work has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents. 2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower- priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. SECTION 01 2100 - ALLOWANCES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 2100 - 5 3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. If Contractor chooses to include allowances in bid proposal, Contractor is to submit a schedule of all allowances included in the bid for construction for consideration as part of the lump sum contract amount bid comparisons. END OF SECTION 01 2100 SECTION 01 2500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 2500 - 1 SECTION 01 2500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit documentation identifying product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation method cannot be provided, if applicable. b. Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific SECTION 01 2500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 2500 - 2 features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and addresses as well as names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from IBC 2021 and all of the applicable codes. . j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitutions with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is appropriate for applications indicated. m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 2. Owner’s Construction Manager Action: If necessary, Owner’s Construction Manager will request additional information or documentation for evaluation. Owner’s Construction Manager will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order or Construction Change Directive. b. Use product specified if Owner’s Construction Manager does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. SECTION 01 2500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 2500 - 3 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Conditions: Owner’s Construction Manager will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Owner’s Construction Manager will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed unless otherwise indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2500 SECTION 01 2600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 2600 - 1 SECTION 01 2600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Owner’s Construction Manager will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710. 1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Owner’s Construction Manager are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Owner’s Construction Manager will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Owner’s Construction Manager are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within time specified in Proposal Request or 20 days, when not otherwise specified, after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. SECTION 01 2600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 2600 - 2 d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Owner’s Construction Manager. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Work Change Proposal Request, Construction Manager will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: Owner’s Construction Manager may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. SECTION 01 2600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 2600 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2600 SECTION 01 2900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 2900 - 1 SECTION 01 2900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 1. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submit the schedule of values to Owner’s Construction Manager at earliest possible date, but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703. 2. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum. 3. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. SECTION 01 2900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 2900 - 2 4. Overhead Costs: Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each line item. 5. Overhead Costs: Show cost of temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place as separate line items. 6. Closeout Costs. Include separate line items under Contractor and principal subcontracts for Project closeout requirements in an amount totaling five percent of the Contract Sum and subcontract amount. 7. Schedule of Values Revisions: Revise the schedule of values when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. Include at least one separate line item for each Change Order and Construction Change Directive. 1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments, as certified by Owner’s Construction Manager and paid for by Owner. B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Owner/Contractor Agreement. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. C. Payment Application Times: Submit Application for Payment to Owner’s Construction Manager by the 25th of the month. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month, ending on the last day of the month. 1. Submit draft copy of Application for Payment five days prior to due date for review by Architect. D. Application for Payment Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 as form for Applications for Payment. E. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Owner’s Construction Manager will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for Payment. 3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. SECTION 01 2900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 2900 - 3 F. Transmittal: Submit three signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Owner’s Construction Manager by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. G. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers for construction period covered by the previous application. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by conditional final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien. 5. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms acceptable to Owner. H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Products list (preliminary if not final). 5. Schedule of unit prices. 6. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). 7. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 8. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 9. Copies of building permits. 10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 11. Initial progress report. 12. Report of preconstruction conference. 13. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 14. Performance and payment bonds. 15. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. SECTION 01 2900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 2900 - 4 I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Owner’s Construction Manager issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. J. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706. 5. AIA Document G706A. 6. AIA Document G707. 7. Evidence that claims have been settled. 8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 9. Final liquidated damages settlement statement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2900 SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3100 - 1 SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. RFIs. 4. Digital project management procedures. 5. Project meetings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. RFI: Request for Information. Request from Owner, Owner’s Construction Manager, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3100 - 2 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results, where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. 1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely indicated on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity. 1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. b. Indicate dimensions shown on Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternative sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3100 - 3 1.7 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. Owner’s Construction Manager will return without response those RFIs submitted to Owner’s Construction Manager by other entities controlled by Contractor. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Owner name. 3. Owner's Project number. 4. Name of Owner’s Construction Manager. 5. Architect's Project number. 6. Date. 7. Name of Contractor. 8. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 9. RFI subject. 10. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 11. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 12. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 13. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 14. Contractor's signature. 15. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. C. RFI Forms: AIA Document G716. D. Owner’s Construction Manager's Action: Owner’s Construction Manager will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven days for Owner’s Construction Manager's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Owner’s Construction Manager after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3100 - 4 f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Owner’s Construction Manager's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 01 2600 "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Owner’s Construction Manager in writing within 5 days of receipt of the RFI response. E. On receipt of Owner’s Construction Manager action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Owner’s Construction Manager within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1.8 DIGITAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES A. PDF Document Preparation: Where PDFs are required to be submitted to Owner’s Construction Manager’s, prepare as follows: 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file, incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item. 2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. 3. Certifications: Where digitally submitted certificates and certifications are required, provide a digital signature with digital certificate on where indicated. 1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. B. Preconstruction Conference: Owner’s Construction Manager will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Owner’s Construction Manager, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner and Owner’s Construction Manager; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Responsibilities and personnel assignments. b. Tentative construction schedule. c. Critical work sequencing and long lead items. d. Designation of key personnel and their duties. e. Lines of communications. f. Use of web-based Project software. g. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3100 - 5 h. Procedures for RFIs. i. Procedures for testing and inspecting. j. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. k. Distribution of the Contract Documents. l. Submittal procedures. m. Sustainable design requirements. n. Preparation of Record Documents. o. Use of the premises. p. Work restrictions. q. Working hours. r. Owner's occupancy requirements. s. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. t. Procedures for moisture and mold control. u. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. v. Construction waste management and recycling. w. Parking availability. x. Office, work, and storage areas. y. Equipment deliveries and priorities. z. First aid. aa. Security. bb. Progress cleaning. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity when required by other Sections and when required for coordination with other construction. 1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Owner’s Construction Manager of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Possible conflicts. i. Compatibility requirements. j. Time schedules. k. Weather limitations. l. Manufacturer's written instructions. m. Warranty requirements. n. Compatibility of materials. SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3100 - 6 o. Acceptability of substrates. p. Temporary facilities and controls. q. Space and access limitations. r. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. s. Testing and inspecting requirements. t. Installation procedures. u. Coordination with other work. v. Required performance results. w. Protection of adjacent work. x. Protection of construction and personnel. 3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D. Progress Meetings: Owner’s Construction Manager will conduct progress meetings at biweekly intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner’s Construction Manager and each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site use. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. 10) Quality and work standards. SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3100 - 7 11) Status of correction of deficient items. 12) Field observations. 13) Status of RFIs. 14) Status of Proposal Requests. 15) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of information for payment requests. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting, where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3100 SECTION 01 3200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3200 - 1 SECTION 01 3200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Construction schedule updating reports. 3. Daily construction reports. 4. Site condition reports. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction Project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine the critical path of Project and when activities can be performed. C. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. D. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity. E. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. 1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date. SECTION 01 3200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3200 - 2 2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity. 3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. B. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit each of the following reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days. 1. Activity Report: List of activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for each activity, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then by early start date, or actual start date if known. 3. Total Float Report: List of activities sorted in ascending order of total float. C. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment. D. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at bi-weekly intervals. E. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities, and schedule them in proper sequence. 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. SECTION 01 3200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3200 - 3 B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice of Award to date of Final Completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. C. Activities: Treat each floor or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than required by contractor and sub-contractors. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead-time items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with submittal schedule. 4. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing. 5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Owner’s Construction Manager's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 6. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and Final Completion. D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Seasonal variations. E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion. F. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: 1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time. SECTION 01 3200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3200 - 4 G. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At bi-weekly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule 3 days before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate Final Completion percentage for each activity. H. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished. I. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Owner’s Construction Manager, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. 1.7 GANTT-CHART SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for commencement of the Work. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. 1.8 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4. Equipment at Project site. 5. Material deliveries. SECTION 01 3200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3200 - 5 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow. 7. Testing and inspection. 8. Accidents. 9. Meetings and significant decisions. 10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 11. Meter readings and similar recordings. 12. Emergency procedures. 13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 14. Change Orders received and implemented. 15. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 16. Services connected and disconnected. 17. Equipment or system tests and startups. 18. Partial completions and occupancies. 19. Substantial Completions authorized. B. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3200 SECTION 01 3233 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3233 - 1 SECTION 01 3233 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Preconstruction photographs. 2. Concealed Work photographs. 3. Periodic construction photographs. 4. Final Completion construction photographs. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 02 4119 "Selective Demolition" for photographic documentation before selective demolition operations commence. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Digital Photographs: Submit image files within three days of taking photographs. 1. Submit photos by uploading to web-based Project management software site. Include copy of key plan indicating each photograph's location and direction. 2. Identification: Provide the following information with each image description in web- based Project management software site: a. Name of Project. b. Name of Contractor. c. Date photograph was taken. 1.4 FORMATS AND MEDIA A. Digital Images: Submit digital media as originally recorded in the digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software. B. Metadata: Record accurate date and time from camera. SECTION 01 3233 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3233 - 2 1.5 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Preconstruction Photographs: Before commencement of the Work, take photographs of Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from different vantage points. 1. Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs. 2. Take 20 photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before starting the Work. 3. Take 20 photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property, to accurately record physical conditions at start of construction. 4. Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or cracking of adjacent structures, pavements, and improvements. B. Concealed Work Photographs: Before proceeding with installing work that will conceal other work, take photographs sufficient in number, with annotated descriptions, to record nature and location of concealed Work, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Piping. 2. Electrical conduit. 3. Waterproofing and roofing membrane. C. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take 20 photographs monthly. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken. D. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as Project Record Documents. . PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3233 SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3300 - 1 SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Submittal schedule requirements. 2. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Owner’s Construction Manager's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals." B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Owner’s Construction Manager's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals." 1.4 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submittal Schedule: Submit, as an action submittal, a list of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Owner’s Construction Manager and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. 1.5 SUBMITTAL FORMATS A. Submittal Information: Include the following information in each submittal: 1. Project name. 2. Date. SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3300 - 2 3. Name of Owener's Construction Manager. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. 6. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. 7. Unique submittal number, including revision identifier. Include Specification Section number with sequential alphanumeric identifier and alphanumeric suffix for resubmittals. 8. Category and type of submittal. 9. Submittal purpose and description. 10. Number and title of Specification Section, with paragraph number and generic name for each of multiple items. 11. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 12. Indication of full or partial submittal. 13. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. 14. Other necessary identification. 15. Remarks. 16. Signature of transmitter. B. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Owner’s Construction Manager. C. Deviations and Additional Information: On each submittal, clearly indicate deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations; include relevant additional information and revisions, other than those requested by Owner’s Construction Manager and Construction Manager on previous submittals. Indicate by highlighting on each submittal or noting on attached separate sheet. D. Electronic Submittals: Prepare submittals as PDF package, incorporating complete information into each PDF file. Name PDF file with submittal number. 1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1. Email: Prepare submittals as PDF package and transmit to Owner’s Construction Manager by sending via email. Include PDF transmittal form. Include information in email subject line as requested by Architect. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. 3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals. SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3300 - 3 C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Owner’s Construction Manager's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Owner’s Construction Manager will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal. D. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. E. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. F. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect’s and Construction Manager's action stamp. 1.7 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are unsuitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: a. Wiring diagrams that show factory-installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. 5. Submit Product Data before Shop Drawings, and before or concurrently with Samples. SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3300 - 4 B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data unless submittal based on Architect's digital data drawing files is otherwise permitted. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. 2. Paper Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size Drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches, but no larger than 30 by 42 inches. a. Two opaque (bond) copies of each submittal. Owner’s Construction Manager return one copy(ies). C. Samples: Submit Samples for review of type, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other materials. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components, such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Permanently attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Project name and submittal number. b. Generic description of Sample. c. Product name and name of manufacturer. d. Sample source. e. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. f. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item. 3. Email Transmittal: Provide PDF transmittal. Include digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics and identification information for record. 4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units, showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Owner’s Construction Manager will return submittal with options selected. SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3300 - 5 6. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Owner’s Construction Manager will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a project record Sample. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. D. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the information in tabular form. E. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified. F. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information indicating compliance with indicated performance and design criteria in individual Specification Sections. Include list of assumptions and summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Number each page of submittal. G. Certificates: 1. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. Provide a notarized signature where indicated. 2. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead, certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. 3. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead, certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. 4. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead, certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. 5. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead, certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3300 - 6 6. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of AWS B2.1/B2.1M on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. H. Test and Research Reports: 1. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for substrate preparation and primers required. 2. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. 3. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. 4. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. 5. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 6. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: a. Name of evaluation organization. b. Date of evaluation. c. Time period when report is in effect. d. Product and manufacturers' names. e. Description of product. f. Test procedures and results. g. Limitations of use. 1.8 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are insufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3300 - 7 B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF file and three paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. 1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. 1.9 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Owner’s Construction Manager. B. Contractor's Approval: Indicate Contractor's approval for each submittal with a uniform approval stamp indication in web-based Project management software. Include name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Owner’s Construction Manager will not review submittals received from Contractor that do not have Contractor's review and approval. 1.10 OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S REVIEW A. Action Submittals: Owner’s Construction Manager will review each submittal, indicate corrections or revisions required, and return. 1. PDF Submittals: Owner’s Construction Manager will indicate, via markup on each submittal, the appropriate action, as follows: a. Approved. b. Rejected. c. Furnish as Corrected d. Revise and Resubmit. e. Submit Specified Item. f. Refer to Submittal for Notes. B. Informational Submittals: Owner’s Construction Manager will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Owner’s Construction Manager will forward each submittal to appropriate party. C. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Owner’s Construction Manager. SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 3300 - 8 D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review. E. Owner’s Construction Manager will return without review submittals received from sources other than Contractor. F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will be returned without action. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3300 SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 4000 - 1 SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspection services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-assurance and quality-control requirements for individual work results are specified in their respective Specification Sections. Requirements in individual Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and quality-control services required by Owner or Owner’s Construction Manager, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced," unless otherwise further described, means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Quality-Control Tests and Inspections: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. C. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, subcontractor, or sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, assembly, and similar operations. 1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a Work result does not require that certain construction activities specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 4000 - 2 D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. Unless otherwise indicated, copies of reports of tests or inspections performed for other than the Project do not meet this definition. E. Product Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) according to 29 CFR 1910.7, by a testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or by a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. F. Source Quality-Control Tests and Inspections: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source (e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop). G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. The term "testing laboratory" has the same meaning as the term "testing agency." H. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work, to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. I. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work, to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality-control services do not include contract administration activities performed by Owner’s Construction Manager. 1.4 DELEGATED DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Owner’s Construction Manager. B. Delegated Design Services Statement: Submit a statement signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 4000 - 3 1.5 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or requirements is specified and the standards or requirements establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, inform the Owner’s Construction Manager regarding the conflict and obtain clarification prior to proceeding with the Work. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Owner’s Construction Manager for clarification before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified is the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Owner’s Construction Manager for a decision before proceeding. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. B. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.7 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample-taking and testing and inspection. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 4000 - 4 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 2. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 3. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 4. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 2. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 3. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable, procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification requirements, warranty requirements, and technical or factory-authorized service representative requirements. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that is similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 4000 - 5 F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists will satisfy qualification requirements indicated and engage in the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction supersede requirements for specialists. G. Testing and Inspecting Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspection indicated, as documented in accordance with ASTM E329, and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following Contractor's responsibilities, including the following: 1. Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Owner’s Construction Manager, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections, and state in each report whether tested and inspected Work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. J. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor’s responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities, whether specified or not, to verify and document that the Work complies with requirements. 1. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform quality-control services. 2. Notify testing agencies at least 48 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspection will be performed. 3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 4. Testing and inspection requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. K. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor’s responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 4000 - 6 1.9 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspection they are engaged to perform. 2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspection allowances specified in Section 01 2100 "Allowances," as authorized by Change Orders. 3. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities, whether specified or not, to verify and document that the Work complies with requirements. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 2. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform quality-control services. a. Contractor will not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 3. Notify testing agencies at least 48 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspection will be performed. 4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 5. Testing and inspection requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Owner’s Construction Manager, Construction Manager, and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Owner’s Construction Manager, Construction Manager, and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the locations from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections, and state in each report whether tested and inspected Work complies with or deviates from requirements. SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 4000 - 7 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform duties of Contractor. E. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." F. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. G. Contractor's Associated Requirements and Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspection. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 6. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspection equipment at Project site. H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspection. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 4000 - 8 1.10 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner, as indicated in the Statement of Special Inspections attached to this Section, and as follows: 1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures, and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2. Notifying Owner’s Construction Manager and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Owner’s Construction Manager and Commissioning Authority with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5. Interpreting tests and inspections, and stating in each report whether tested and inspected Work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Owner’s Construction Manager. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Owner’s Construction Manager's and authorities' having jurisdiction reference during normal working hours. 1. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents. SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 4000 - 9 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspection, sample-taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 01 7300 "Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION 01 4000 SECTION 01 4200 - REFERENCES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 4200 - 1 SECTION 01 4200 - REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey Owner’s Construction Manager's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Owner’s Construction Manager. Other terms, including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted," have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms, including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified," have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish, cure, protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site. H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. SECTION 01 4200 - REFERENCES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 4200 - 2 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they are to mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the United States." B. Industry Organizations, List: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they are to mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Abbreviations and acronyms not included in this list are to mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the United States." The information in this list is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council; www.aabc.com. 2. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association; (see FGIA). 3. AAPFCO - Association of American Plant Food Control Officials; www.aapfco.org. 4. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials; www.transportation.org. 5. AATCC - American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists; www.aatcc.org. 6. ABMA - American Bearing Manufacturers Association; www.americanbearings.org. 7. ABMA - American Boiler Manufacturers Association; www.abma.com. 8. ACI - American Concrete Institute; www.concrete.org. 9. ACP - American Clean Power; (Formerly: American Wind Energy Association); www.cleanpower.org. 10. ACPA - American Concrete Pipe Association; www.concretepipe.org. 11. AEIC - Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The); www.aeic.org. 12. AF&PA - American Forest & Paper Association; www.afandpa.org. 13. AGA - American Gas Association; www.aga.org. SECTION 01 4200 - REFERENCES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 4200 - 3 14. AHAM - Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers; www.aham.org. 15. AHRI - Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (The); www.ahrinet.org. 16. AI - Asphalt Institute; www.asphaltinstitute.org. 17. AIA - American Institute of Architects (The); www.aia.org. 18. AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction; www.aisc.org. 19. AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute; www.steel.org. 20. AITC - American Institute of Timber Construction; (see PLIB). 21. AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; www.amca.org. 22. AMPP - Association for Materials Protection and Performance; www.ampp.org. 23. ANSI - American National Standards Institute; www.ansi.org. 24. AOSA/SCST - Association of Official Seed Analysts (The)/Society of Commercial Seed Technologists (The); www.analyzeseeds.com. 25. APA - APA - The Engineered Wood Association; www.apawood.org. 26. APA - Architectural Precast Association; www.archprecast.org. 27. API - American Petroleum Institute; www.api.org. 28. ARMA - Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association; www.asphaltroofing.org. 29. ASA - Acoustical Society of America; www.acousticalsociety.org. 30. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers; www.asce.org. 31. ASCE/SEI - American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute; (see ASCE). 32. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers; www.ashrae.org. 33. ASME - ASME International; American Society of Mechanical Engineers (The) 34. ASSE - ASSE International; (American Society of Sanitary Engineering); www.asse- plumbing.org. 35. ASSP - American Society of Safety Professionals; www.assp.org. 36. ASTM - ASTM International; www.astm.org. 37. ATIS - Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions; www.atis.org. 38. AVIXA - Audiovisual and Integrated Experience Association; www.avixa.org. 39. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute; www.awinet.org. 40. AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; www.awmac.com. 41. AWPA - American Wood Protection Association; www.awpa.com. 42. AWS - American Welding Society; www.aws.org. 43. AWWA - American Water Works Association; www.awwa.org. 44. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; www.buildershardware.com. 45. BIA - Brick Industry Association (The); www.gobrick.com. 46. BICSI - BICSI, Inc.; www.bicsi.org. 47. BIFMA - Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association; www.bifma.org. 48. BISSC - Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee; www.bissc.org. 49. BWF - Badminton World Federation; www.bwfbadminton.com. 50. CARB - California Air Resources Board; www.arb.ca.gov. 51. CDA - Copper Development Association Inc.; www.copper.org. 52. CE - Conformite Europeenne (European Commission); www.ec.europa.eu/growth/single- market/ce-marking. 53. CEA - Canadian Electricity Association; www.electricity.ca. 54. CFFA - Chemical Fabrics and Film Association, Inc.; www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com. SECTION 01 4200 - REFERENCES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 4200 - 4 55. CFSEI - Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute; www.cfsei.org. 56. CGA - Compressed Gas Association; www.cganet.com. 57. CIMA - Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.cellulose.org. 58. CISCA - Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association; www.cisca.org. 59. CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute; www.cispi.org. 60. CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute; www.chainlinkinfo.org. 61. CPA - Composite Panel Association; www.compositepanel.org. 62. CRI - Carpet and Rug Institute (The); www.carpet-rug.org. 63. CRRC - Cool Roof Rating Council; www.coolroofs.org. 64. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; www.crsi.org. 65. CSA - CSA Group; www.csagroup.org. 66. CSI - Cast Stone Institute; www.caststone.org. 67. CSI - Construction Specifications Institute (The); www.csiresources.org. 68. CSSB - Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau; www.cedarbureau.org. 69. CTA - Consumer Technology Association; www.cta.tech. 70. CTI - Cooling Technology Institute; www.coolingtechnology.org. 71. DASMA - Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association; www.dasma.com. 72. DHA - Decorative Hardwoods Association; www.decorativehardwoods.org. 73. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute; www.dhi.org. 74. ECIA - Electronic Components Industry Association; www.ecianow.org. 75. EIMA - EIFS Industry Members Association; www.eima.com. 76. EJMA - Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.ejma.org. 77. EOS/ESD - EOS/ESD Association, Inc.; Electrostatic Discharge Association; www.esda.org. 78. ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association; www.esta.org. 79. EVO - Efficiency Valuation Organization; www.evo-world.org. 80. FCI - Fluid Controls Institute; www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org. 81. FGIA - Fenestration and Glazing Industry Alliance; https://fgiaonline.org. 82. FIBA - Federation Internationale de Basketball; (The International Basketball Federation); www.fiba.com. 83. FIVB - Federation Internationale de Volleyball; (The International Volleyball Federation); www.fivb.org. 84. FM Approvals - FM Approvals LLC; www.fmapprovals.com. 85. FM Global - FM Global; www.fmglobal.com. 86. FRSA - Florida Roofing and Sheet Metal Contractors Association, Inc.; www.floridaroof.com. 87. FSA - Fluid Sealing Association; www.fluidsealing.com. 88. FSC - Forest Stewardship Council U.S.; www.fscus.org. 89. GA - Gypsum Association; www.gypsum.org. 90. GS - Green Seal; www.greenseal.org. 91. HI - Hydraulic Institute; www.pumps.org. 92. HMMA - Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association; (see NAAMM). 93. IAPSC - International Association of Professional Security Consultants; www.iapsc.org. 94. IAS - International Accreditation Service; www.iasonline.org. 95. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 96. ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.; www.icea.net. 97. ICPA - International Cast Polymer Association (The); www.theicpa.com. 98. ICRI - International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.; www.icri.org. SECTION 01 4200 - REFERENCES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 4200 - 5 99. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission; www.iec.ch. 100. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The); www.ieee.org. 101. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society; www.ies.org. 102. IEST - Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology; www.iest.org. 103. IGMA - Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance; (see FGIA). 104. IGSHPA - International Ground Source Heat Pump Association; www.igshpa.org. 105. ILI - Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.; www.iliai.com. 106. Intertek - Intertek Group; www.intertek.com. 107. ISA - International Society of Automation (The); www.isa.org. 108. ISFA - International Surface Fabricators Association; www.isfanow.org. 109. ISO - International Organization for Standardization; www.iso.org. 110. ITU - International Telecommunication Union; www.itu.int. 111. KCMA - Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association; www.kcma.org. 112. LPI - Lightning Protection Institute; www.lightning.org. 113. MBMA - Metal Building Manufacturers Association; www.mbma.com. 114. MCA - Metal Construction Association; www.metalconstruction.org. 115. MFMA - Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.maplefloor.org. 116. MFMA - Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.metalframingmfg.org. 117. MHI - Material Handling Industry; www.mhi.org. 118. MMPA - Moulding & Millwork Producers Association; www.wmmpa.com. 119. MPI - Master Painters Institute; www.paintinfo.com. 120. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.; www.msshq.org. 121. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; www.naamm.org. 122. NACE - NACE International; (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International); (see AMPP). 123. NADCA - National Air Duct Cleaners Association; www.nadca.com. 124. NAIMA - North American Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.insulationinstitute.org. 125. NALP - National Association of Landscape Professionals; www.landscapeprofessionals.org. 126. NBGQA - National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.; www.nbgqa.com. 127. NBI - New Buildings Institute; www.newbuildings.org. 128. NCAA - National Collegiate Athletic Association (The); www.ncaa.org. 129. NCMA - National Concrete Masonry Association; www.ncma.org. 130. NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau; www.nebb.org. 131. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association; www.necanet.org. 132. NeLMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association; www.nelma.org. 133. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association; www.nema.org. 134. NETA - InterNational Electrical Testing Association; www.netaworld.org. 135. NFHS - National Federation of State High School Associations; www.nfhs.org. 136. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association; www.nfpa.org. 137. NFPA - NFPA International; (see NFPA). 138. NFRC - National Fenestration Rating Council; www.nfrc.org. 139. NGA - National Glass Association; www.glass.org. 140. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association; www.nhla.com. 141. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority; www.nlga.org. SECTION 01 4200 - REFERENCES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 4200 - 6 142. NOFMA - National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association; (see NWFA). 143. NOMMA - National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association; www.nomma.org. 144. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association; www.nrca.net. 145. NRMCA - National Ready Mixed Concrete Association; www.nrmca.org. 146. NSF - NSF International; www.nsf.org. 147. NSI - Natural Stone Institute; www.naturalstoneinstitute.org. 148. NSPE - National Society of Professional Engineers; www.nspe.org. 149. NSSGA - National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association; www.nssga.org. 150. NTMA - National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The); www.ntma.com. 151. NWFA - National Wood Flooring Association; www.nwfa.org. 152. NWRA - National Waste & Recycling Association; www.wasterecycling.org. 153. PCI - Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute; www.pci.org. 154. PDI - Plumbing & Drainage Institute; www.pdionline.org. 155. PLASA - PLASA; www.plasa.org. 156. PLIB - Pacific Lumber Inspection Bureau; www.plib.org. 157. PVCPA - Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association; www.uni-bell.org. 158. RCSC - Research Council on Structural Connections; www.boltcouncil.org. 159. RFCI - Resilient Floor Covering Institute; www.rfci.com. 160. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service; (see WWPA). 161. SAE - SAE International; www.sae.org. 162. SCTE - Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers; www.scte.org. 163. SDI - Steel Deck Institute; www.sdi.org. 164. SDI - Steel Door Institute; www.steeldoor.org. 165. SEFA - Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (The); www.sefalabs.com. 166. SEI/ASCE - Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers; (see ASCE). 167. SIA - Security Industry Association; www.securityindustry.org. 168. SJI - Steel Joist Institute; www.steeljoist.org. 169. SMA - Screen Manufacturers Association; www.smainfo.org. 170. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; www.smacna.org. 171. SMPTE - Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers; www.smpte.org. 172. SPFA - Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance; www.sprayfoam.org. 173. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau; www.spib.org. 174. SPRI - Single Ply Roofing Industry; www.spri.org. 175. SRCC - Solar Rating & Certification Corporation; www.solar-rating.org. 176. SSINA - Specialty Steel Industry of North America; www.ssina.com. 177. SSPC - SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings; (see AMPP). 178. STI/SPFA - Steel Tank Institute/Steel Plate Fabricators Association; www.steeltank.com. 179. SWI - Steel Window Institute; www.steelwindows.com. 180. SWPA - Submersible Wastewater Pump Association; www.swpa.org. 181. TCA - Tilt-Up Concrete Association; www.tilt-up.org. 182. TCNA - Tile Council of North America, Inc.; www.tcnatile.com. 183. TEMA - Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.kbcdco.tema.org. 184. TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association (The); www.tiaonline.org. 185. TMS - The Masonry Society; www.masonrysociety.org. 186. TPI - Truss Plate Institute; www.tpinst.org. 187. TPI - Turfgrass Producers International; www.turfgrasssod.org. SECTION 01 4200 - REFERENCES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 4200 - 7 188. TRI - Tile Roofing Industry Alliance; www.tileroofing.org. 189. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; www.ul.org. 190. UL LLC - UL LLC; www.ul.com. 191. USAV - USA Volleyball; www.usavolleyball.org. 192. USGBC - U.S. Green Building Council; www.usgbc.org. 193. USITT - United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.; www.usitt.org. 194. WA - Wallcoverings Association; www.wallcoverings.org. 195. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; (see PLIB). 196. WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association; www.wcmanet.org. 197. WDMA - Window & Door Manufacturers Association; www.wdma.com. 198. WI - Woodwork Institute; www.woodworkinstitute.com. 199. WSRCA - Western States Roofing Contractors Association; www.wsrca.com. 200. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association; www.wwpa.org. C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they are to mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. DIN - Deutsches Institut fur Normung e.V.; www.din.de. 2. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials; www.iapmo.org. 3. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 4. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es.org. D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they are to mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. CPSC - U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov. 2. DOC - U.S. Department of Commerce; www.commerce.gov. 3. DOD - U.S. Department of Defense; www.defense.gov. 4. DOE - U.S. Department of Energy; www.energy.gov. 5. DOJ - U.S. Department of Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov 6. DOS - U.S. Department of State; www.state.gov. 7. EPA - United States Environmental Protection Agency; www.epa.gov. 8. FAA - Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov. 9. GPO - U.S. Government Publishing Office; www.gpo.gov. 10. GSA - U.S. General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. 11. HUD - U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov. 12. LBNL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Energy Technologies Area; www.lbl.gov/. 13. NIST - National Institute of Standards and Technology; www.nist.gov. 14. OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Administration; www.osha.gov. 15. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research Program; The National Academies; www.trb.org. 16. USACE - U.S. Army Corps of Engineers; www.usace.army.mil. 17. USDA - U.S. Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity Laboratory; www.ars.usda.gov. SECTION 01 4200 - REFERENCES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 4200 - 8 18. USDA - U.S. Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov. 19. USP - U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention; www.usp.org. 20. USPS - United States Postal Service; www.usps.com. E. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they are to mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from U.S. Government Publishing Office; www.govinfo.gov. 2. DOD - U.S. Department of Defense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available from DLA Document Services; www.dsp.dla.mil/Specs-Standards/. 3. DSCC - Defense Supply Center Columbus; (see FS). 4. FED-STD - Federal Standard; (see FS). 5. FS - Federal Specification; Available from DLA Document Services; www.dsp.dla.mil/Specs-Standards/. a. Available from Defense Standardization Program; www.dsp.dla.mil. b. Available from U.S. General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design Guide; www.wbdg.org. 6. MILSPEC - Military Specification and Standards; (see DOD). 7. USAB - United States Access Board; www.access-board.gov. 8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board; (see USAB). PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 4200 SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 5000 - 1 SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions. 1.3 USE CHARGES A. Installation, removal, and use charges for temporary facilities to be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use with metering. Provide connections and extensions of services and metering as required for construction operations. C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use with metering. Provide connections and extensions of services and metering as required for construction operations. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Site Utilization Plan: Show temporary facilities, temporary utility lines and connections, staging areas, construction site entrances, vehicle circulation, and parking areas for construction personnel. B. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Show fabrication and installation details, including plans, elevations, details, layouts, typestyles, graphic elements, and message content. SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 5000 - 2 C. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention program. D. Moisture- and Mold-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage and mold. Describe delivery, handling, storage, installation, and protection provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage. 2. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and requirements for replacing water-damaged Work. 3. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials. 4. Indicate methods to be used to avoid trapping water in finished work. E. Temporary Weather Protection Plan: Describe procedures for keeping water out of the building during construction activities performed on existing windows. Contractor should consider impacts of tropical storm and hurricane systems if work is performed during hurricane season. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the DOJ's "2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design" and ICC A117.1. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 5000 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices: 1. Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading. B. Common-Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner, Owner’s Construction Manager, Construction Manager, and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings specified in other Division 01 Sections. Keep office clean and orderly. Furnish and equip offices as follows: 1. Furniture required for Project-site documents, including file cabinets, plan tables, plan racks, and bookcases. 2. Conference room of sufficient size to accommodate meetings of 10 individuals. Provide electrical power service and 120-V ac duplex receptacles, with no fewer than one receptacle on each wall. Furnish room with conference table, chairs, and 4-foot- square tack and marker boards. 3. Drinking water and private toilet. 4. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of 68 to 72 degrees F. 5. Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc at desk height. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2. Heating, Cooling, and Dehumidifying Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return-air grille in system and remove at end of construction. C. Air-Filtration Units: Primary and secondary HEPA-filter-equipped portable units with four- stage filtration. Provide single switch for emergency shutoff. Configure to run continuously. SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 5000 - 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, GENERAL A. Conservation: Coordinate construction and use of temporary facilities with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.3 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. 1. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system or private system indicated as directed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Water Service: 1. Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction. D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, safety shower and eyewash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 5000 - 5 E. Temporary Cooling: Provide temporary cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. 1. Provide temporary dehumidification systems when required to reduce ambient and substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application of finishes and their proper curing or drying. F. Electric Power Service: 1. Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations. a. Install electric power service overhead unless otherwise indicated. G. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations and inspections. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. H. Telephone Service: Install WiFi cell phone access equipment and one land-based telephone line(s) for each field office. I. Electronic Communication Service: Provide secure WiFi wireless connection to internet with provisions for access by Owner. 3.4 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Comply with the following: 1. Provide construction for temporary field offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible in accordance with ASTM E136. Comply with NFPA 241. 2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. as indicated. 1. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment as required to minimize dust. SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 5000 - 6 C. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain, including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. D. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel. E. Storage and Staging: Use designated areas of Project site for storage and staging needs. F. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. G. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 3. Maintain and touch up signs, so they are legible at all times. H. Waste Disposal Facilities: 1. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." I. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. J. Temporary Elevator Use: Use of elevators is not permitted. K. Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Use of new stairs for construction traffic will be permitted, provided stairs are protected and finishes restored to new condition at time of Substantial Completion. SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 5000 - 7 3.5 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. 1. Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of existing facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property owner to access property for that purpose. B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: 1. Comply with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent and requirements specified in Section 31 1000 "Site Clearing." a. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant-protection zones. b. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. c. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project. d. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls, and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. D. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. E. Tree and Plant Protection: 1. Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion. F. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals, so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction. SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 5000 - 8 G. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, and prior to commencing earthwork, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. 2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. Furnish one set of keys to Owner. H. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each workday. I. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. J. Temporary Egress: Provide temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide signage-directing occupants to temporary egress. K. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. L. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program. 1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. Comply with additional limits on smoking specified in other Sections. 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign, stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. 3.6 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL A. Moisture and Mold Protection: Protect stored materials and installed Work in accordance with Moisture and Mold Protection Plan. SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 5000 - 9 B. Exposed Construction Period: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows: 1. Protect porous materials from water damage. 2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water. 3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete. 4. Remove standing water from decks. 5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed. C. Partially Enclosed Construction Period: After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows: 1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with high organic content, into partially enclosed building. 2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage. 3. Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter. 4. Discard or replace water-damaged material. 5. Do not install material that is wet. 6. Discard and replace stored or installed material that begins to grow mold. 7. Perform work in a sequence that allows wet materials adequate time to dry before enclosing the material in gypsum board or other interior finishes. D. Controlled Construction Period: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain as follows: 1. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in conditions. 2. Use temporary or permanent HVAC system to control humidity within ranges specified for installed and stored materials. 3. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity, and exposure to water limits. 3.7 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 5000 - 10 D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 01 5000 SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 6000 - 1 SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Salvaged items or items reused from other projects are not considered new products. Items that are manufactured or fabricated to include recycled content materials are considered new products, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Comparable Product: Product by named manufacturer that is demonstrated and approved through the comparable product submittal process described in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in- service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 6000 - 2 B. Comparable Product Request Submittal: An action submittal requesting consideration of a comparable product, including the following information: 1. Identification of basis-of-design product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced, including Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 2. Data indicating compliance with the requirements specified in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article. C. Substitution: Refer to Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for definition and limitations on substitutions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written standard warranty form furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and issued in the name of the Owner or endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner and issued in the name of the Owner or endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included in the Project Manual, prepare a written document, using indicated form properly executed. SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 6000 - 3 3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties meeting requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Sole Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole product may be indicated by the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following." 2. Sole Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole manufacturer/source may be indicated by the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following." 3. Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 4. Non-Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed or an unnamed product that complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of products is indicated by the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following." SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 6000 - 4 b. Provision of an unnamed product is not considered a substitution, if the product complies with requirements. 5. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications may additionally indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers, comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for substitutions for convenience. C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require the phrase "match sample," provide a product that complies with requirements and matches sample. Owner’s Construction Manager’s decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Owner’s Construction Manager from manufacturer's full range" or a similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration of Comparable Products: Owner’s Construction Manager will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Owner’s Construction Manager may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with the following requirements: 1. Evidence that proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, is consistent with the Contract Documents, will produce the indicated results, and is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those of the named basis-of-design product. Significant product qualities include attributes, such as type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other specific features and requirements. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 6000 - 5 B. Owner’s Construction Manager's Action on Comparable Products Submittal: If necessary, Owner’s Construction Manager will request additional information or documentation for evaluation, as specified in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." 1. Form of Approval of Submittal: As specified in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 6000 SECTION 01 7300 - EXECUTION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7300 - 1 SECTION 01 7300 - EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Progress cleaning. 6. Starting and adjusting. 7. Protection of installed construction. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for coordination of, Owner-performed work, Owner's separate contracts, and limits on use of Project site. 2. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, replacing defective work, and final cleaning. 3. Section 02 4119 "Selective Demolition" for demolition and removal of selected portions of the building. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of subsequent work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of subsequent work. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Final Property Survey: Submit 3 copies showing the Work performed and record survey data. SECTION 01 7300 - EXECUTION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7300 - 2 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements. 1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, or when encountering the need for cutting and patching of elements whose structural function is not known, notify Owner’s Construction Manager of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Owner’s Construction Manager before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection. 2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operational elements include the following: 3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of specified products and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Owner’s Construction Manager for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. Use materials that are not considered hazardous. SECTION 01 7300 - EXECUTION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7300 - 3 C. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. 1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, gas service piping, and water-service piping; underground electrical services; and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: 1. Description of the Work, including Specification Section number and paragraph, and Drawing sheet number and detail, where applicable. 2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 4. Recommended corrections. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. SECTION 01 7300 - EXECUTION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7300 - 4 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility and Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Owner’s Construction Manager in accordance with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks and existing conditions. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Owner’s Construction Manager promptly. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb, and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. 4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches in occupied spaces and 90 inches in unoccupied spaces, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure satisfactory results as judged by Owner’s Construction Manager. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. SECTION 01 7300 - EXECUTION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7300 - 5 D. Conduct construction operations, so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy of type expected for Project. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on-site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Select tools or equipment that minimize production of excessive noise levels. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for Work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other portions of the Work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions with manufacturer. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Owner’s Construction Manager. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed Work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect, as judged by Owner’s Construction Manager. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work 1. Comply with Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing and replacing defective Work. 3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. SECTION 01 7300 - EXECUTION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7300 - 6 B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. E. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas. F. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. G. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable, as judged by Owner’s Construction Manager. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall SECTION 01 7300 - EXECUTION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7300 - 7 coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch, corner to corner of wall and edge to edge of ceiling. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure. H. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. 3.6 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 degrees F. 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, in accordance with regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. 4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where Work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces in accordance with written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. SECTION 01 7300 - EXECUTION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7300 - 8 F. Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Repair Work previously completed and subsequently damaged during construction period. Repair to like-new condition. C. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the Work. D. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION 01 7300 SECTION 01 7419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7419 - 1 SECTION 01 7419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 1000 "Site Clearing" for disposition of waste resulting from site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials resulting from demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal of demolition or construction waste and subsequent salvage, sale, recycling, or deposit in landfill, incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, or designated spoil areas on Owner’s property. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 7 days of date established for commencement of the Work SECTION 01 7419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7419 - 2 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Waste Management Coordinator Qualifications: Experienced firm, or individual employed and assigned by General Contractor, with a record of successful waste management coordination of projects with similar requirements. 1.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Distinguish between demolition and construction waste. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan. B. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. . Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures. 1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work in compliance with Section 02 4119 "Selective Demolition." 2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 5. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility. 6. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location where materials separation will be performed. SECTION 01 7419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7419 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Comply with Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control. 3.2 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged or recycled, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged or recycled, remove waste materials and legally dispose of at designated spoil areas on Owner’s property. C. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. D. Burning: Burning of waste materials is permitted only at designated areas on Owner's property, provided required permits are obtained. Provide full-time monitoring for burning materials until fires are extinguished. END OF SECTION 01 7419 SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7700 - 1 SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. List of incomplete items. 3. Submittal of Project warranties. 4. Final cleaning. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for additional operation and maintenance manual requirements. 2. Section 01 7839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 3. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for requirements to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain products, equipment, and systems. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. List of Incomplete Items: Contractor-prepared list of items to be completed or corrected, prepared for the Owner’s Construction Manager’s use prior to Owner’s Construction Manager's inspection, to determine if the Work is substantially complete. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. B. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. C. Field Report: For pest-control inspection. SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7700 - 2 1.5 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's "punch list"), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction, permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Construction Manager. Label with manufacturer's name and model number. 5. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records. 6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training." 6. Advise Owner of changeover in utility services. 7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. 8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. a. Complete final cleaning requirements. 9. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7700 - 3 D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Owner’s Construction Manager will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Owner’s Construction Manager’s will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Owner’s Construction Manager, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1.6 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment in accordance with Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures." 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Owner’s Construction Manager's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Owner’s Construction Manager. Certified copy of the list will state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest-control final inspection report. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Owner’s Construction Manager will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Owner’s Construction Manager will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1.7 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order listed by room or space number. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceilings, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Contractor. d. Page number. 4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. PDF Electronic File: Owner’s Construction Manager will return annotated file. SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7700 - 4 1.8 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Owner’s Construction Manager for designated portions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual. C. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. D. Warranties in Paper Form: 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper. E. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. 1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7700 - 5 B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Clean Project site of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. c. Remove debris and surface dust from limited-access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. d. Clean flooring, removing debris, dirt, and staining; clean in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. e. Vacuum and mop concrete. f. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean in accordance with manufacturer's instructions if visible soil or stains remain. g. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. h. Remove labels that are not permanent. i. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. j. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. k. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. l. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection. m. Clean luminaires, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. n. Clean strainers. o. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report. D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste-disposal requirements in Section 01 7419 “Construction Waste Management and Disposal.” SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7700 - 6 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations required by "Correction of the Work" Article in Section 01 7300 "Execution" before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 01 7700 SECTION 01 7823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7823 - 1 SECTION 01 7823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Systems and equipment operation manuals. 4. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. 5. Product maintenance manuals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as specified in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. B. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. Owner’s Construction Manager and Commissioning Authority will return copy with comments. C. Comply with Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. SECTION 01 7823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7823 - 2 1.5 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. 1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. 2. File Names and Bookmarks: Bookmark individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file. B. Manuals, Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard-copy, bound and labeled volumes. 1. Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. 2. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. 1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organization of Manuals: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Owner’s Construction Manager. SECTION 01 7823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7823 - 3 7. Name and contact information for Commissioning Authority. 8. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 9. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." 1.7 EMERGENCY MANUALS A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following: 1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures. C. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component: 1. Fire. 2. Flood. 3. Gas leak. 4. Water leak. 5. Power failure. 6. Water outage. 7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure. 8. Chemical release or spill. D. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. SECTION 01 7823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7823 - 4 E. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures. 1.8 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS A. Systems and Equipment Operation Manual: Assemble a complete set of data indicating operation of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include information required for daily operation and management, operating standards, and routine and special operating procedures. B. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. C. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. D. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. SECTION 01 7823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7823 - 5 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. E. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. F. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification. 1.9 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of data indicating maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include manufacturers' maintenance documentation, preventive maintenance procedures and frequency, repair procedures, wiring and systems diagrams, lists of spare parts, and warranty information. B. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranties and bonds as described below. C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Include the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins; include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. a. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. SECTION 01 7823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7823 - 6 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available. E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. H. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1.10 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. SECTION 01 7823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7823 - 7 E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 7823 SECTION 01 7839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7839 - 1 SECTION 01 7839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record specifications. 3. Record Product Data. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked-up record prints. B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and Contract modifications. C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. 1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual. SECTION 01 7839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7839 - 2 1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation, where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. 4. Mark record prints with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Owner’s Construction Manager. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows: 1. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file. SECTION 01 7839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7839 - 3 C. Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file. 2. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect and Owner’s Construction Manager. e. Name of Contractor. 1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation, where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and Contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether Record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as Record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders and Record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record specifications as annotated PDF electronic file. 1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record Document purposes. Post changes and revisions to Project Record Documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project. B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, Record Specifications, and Record Drawings where applicable. SECTION 01 7839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7839 - 4 C. Format: Submit Record Product Data as annotated PDF electronic file scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up paper copy of Product Data. 1. Include Record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of Record Product Data. 1.7 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store Record Documents in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Owner’s Construction Manager's reference during normal working hours. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 7839 SECTION 01 7900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7900 - 1 SECTION 01 7900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following: 1. Instruction in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Demonstration and training video recordings. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module. 1. Indicate proposed training modules using manufacturer-produced demonstration and training video recordings for systems, equipment, and products in lieu of video recording of live instructional module. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Demonstration and Training Video Recordings: 1. At completion of training, submit complete training manual(s) for Owner's use prepared in same PDF file format required for operation and maintenance manuals specified in Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training. SECTION 01 7900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7900 - 2 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel. B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content. C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data have been reviewed and approved by Architect. 1.7 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections. B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component: 1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following: a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves. 2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail: a. Emergency manuals. b. Systems and equipment operation manuals. c. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. d. Product maintenance manuals. e. Project Record Documents. f. Identification systems. g. Warranties and bonds. h. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments. 3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable: a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. SECTION 01 7900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7900 - 3 e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures. 4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable: a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies. j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures. 5. Adjustments: Include the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 6. Troubleshooting: Include the following: a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures. 7. Maintenance: Include the following: a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning. e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools. 8. Repairs: Include the following: a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. 1.8 PREPARATION A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location. SECTION 01 7900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 01 7900 - 4 1.9 INSTRUCTION A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location. B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. C. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals. D. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial training use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 7900 SECTION 02 2820 - TERMITE CONTROL Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 02 2820 - 1 SECTION 02 2820 - TERMITE CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Field-applied above-ground termite control and mold treatment for wood. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 1053 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for wood preservatives by pressure process. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components, and profiles for termite control products. 2. Include the EPA-Registered Label for termiticide products. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. B. Product Certificates: For each type of termite control product. SECTION 02 2820 - TERMITE CONTROL Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 02 2820 - 2 C. Wood Treatment Application Report: After application of termiticide is completed, submit report for Owner's records and include the following: 1. Date and time of application. 2. Termiticide brand name and manufacturer. 3. Quantity of undiluted termiticide used. 4. Dilutions, methods, volumes used, and rates of application. 5. Areas of application. D. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain termite control products from single source from single manufacturer. B. Installer Qualifications: A specialist who is licensed according to regulations of authorities having jurisdiction to apply termite control treatment and products in jurisdiction where Project is located and who employs workers trained and approved by manufacturer to install manufacturer's products and who is accredited by manufacturer. 1.7 JOB CONDITIONS A. Perform field-applied treatment when access to designated wood members is available. 1. Access is typically at the “dried-in” stage of construction when structural wood and sheathing is in place and prior to installation of gypsum board, insulation, mechanical systems and electrical wiring. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Wood Treatment Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by Applicator and Contractor, certifying that termite control work consisting of applied wood termiticide treatment will prevent infestation of subterranean termites, including Formosan termites (Coptotermes formosanus). If subterranean termite damage is discovered during warranty period, repair or replace damage caused by termite infestation and treat replacement wood. 1. Warranty Period: 12 years from date of Substantial Completion. SECTION 02 2820 - TERMITE CONTROL Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 02 2820 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD TREATMENT A. Borate: EPA-Registered borate termiticide acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, in an aqueous solution for spray application and a gel solution for pressure injection, formulated to prevent termite infestation in wood. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Nisus Corporation; Bora-Care or comparable product by one of the following: a. Ensystex, Inc. b. NovaGuard Technologies, Inc. 2. Termiticide requirements: a. Product will be provided in concentrated formulation that dilutes with water or foaming agent. b. Product is registered by label as a primary treatment to prevent termite infestation. c. Provide quantity required for application at label volume and rate for maximum termiticide concentration allowed for specific use according to Product’s EPA registered label. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for interfaces with earthwork, slab and foundation work, landscaping, utility installation, and other conditions affecting performance of termite control. B. Proceed with application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Prepare work areas according to the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and according to manufacturer's written instructions before beginning application and installation of termite control treatment(s). B. Remove foreign matter that could decrease thoroughness of treatment, such as sawdust, away from treatment surfaces. Move building materials that block or prevent product application to required treatment areas. SECTION 02 2820 - TERMITE CONTROL Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 02 2820 - 4 3.3 APPLYING WOOD TREATMENT A. Comply with product data, including product literature, technical bulletins and U.S. EPA registered label. 1. Apply treatment at application rates as indicated by label directions. B. Apply wood treatment after framing, sheathing, and exterior weather protection is completed but before electrical and mechanical systems are installed. C. Application: Mix borate wood treatment solution to a uniform consistency. Apply treatment at the product's EPA-Registered Label volume and rate for the maximum borate concentration allowed for each specific use so that wood framing, sheathing, siding, and structural members subject to infestation receive treatment. Apply treatment to the height of 8 feet above grade. 1. Framing and Sheathing: Apply termiticide solution by spray to bare wood and with complete coverage. 2. Heavy Wood Members: For wood greater than 4 inches thick, inject termiticide gel solution under pressure into holes of size and spacing required by manufacturer for treatment. 3. Cabinetry: Apply termiticide solution by spray to bare wood and with complete coverage. 4. Exterior Uncoated Wood Trim and Siding: Apply termiticide solution to bare wood only when forecasted weather conditions indicate no precipitation or fog before application of seal coat. After 48 hours, verify that surface is sufficiently dry for seal coat and apply seal coat of paint as specified in Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting." 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect treated areas until completely dry. 3.5 SCHEDULE A. Field Applied Wood Treatment: Framing and sheathing at exterior walls, roof and first floor. END OF SECTION 02 2820 SECTION 02 4119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 02 4119 - 1 SECTION 02 4119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for restrictions on use of the premises, Owner-occupancy requirements, and phasing requirements. 2. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for cutting and patching procedures. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and store. C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated. D. Existing to Remain: Leave existing items that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. E. Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. SECTION 02 4119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 02 4119 - 2 B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure. 3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations. 5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection and, for dust control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. 2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4. Use of stairs. C. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage and demolition operations. Comply with Section 01 3233 "Photographic Documentation." Submit before Work begins. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Inventory: Submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged. SECTION 02 4119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 02 4119 - 3 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. B. Notify Owner’s Construction Manager of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. C. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Owner’s Construction Manager and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract. D. Historic Areas: Demolition and hauling equipment and other materials shall be of sizes that clear surfaces within historic spaces, areas, rooms, and openings, including temporary protection, by 12 inches or more. E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSP A10.6 and NFPA 241. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. SECTION 02 4119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 02 4119 - 4 B. Review Project Record Documents of existing construction or other existing condition and hazardous material information provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in Project Record Documents. C. Verify that hazardous materials have been remediated before proceeding with building demolition operations. D. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs or video. 1. Before selective demolition or removal of existing building elements that will be reproduced or duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements, materials, and construction details required to make exact reproduction. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage. B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off utilities with utility companies. 2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. 3. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated on Drawings to be removed. a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. b. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material and leave in place. c. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. d. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. e. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. f. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. g. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork material and leave in place. SECTION 02 4119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 02 4119 - 5 3.3 PROTECTION A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 5. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Remove temporary barricades and protections where hazards no longer exist. 3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 5. Maintain fire watch during and for at least 2 hours after flame-cutting operations. 6. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 7. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 8. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 9. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 10. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." SECTION 02 4119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 02 4119 - 6 B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. C. Work in Historic Areas: Selective demolition may be performed only in areas of Project that are not designated as historic. In historic spaces, areas, and rooms, or on historic surfaces, the terms "demolish" or "remove" shall mean historic "removal" or "dismantling" as specified in Section 02 4296 "Historic Removal and Dismantling." D. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. E. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. F. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A. Roofing: Remove no more existing roofing than what can be covered in one day by new roofing and so that building interior remains watertight and weathertight. See Section 07 4113.13 "Formed Metal Roof Panels" for new roofing requirements. 1. Remove existing roof membrane, flashings, copings, and roof accessories. 2. Remove existing roofing system down to substrate. SECTION 02 4119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 02 4119 - 7 3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and dispose of them in an EPA-approved construction and demolition waste landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and recycle or dispose of them according to Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. 4. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION 02 4119 SECTION 02 4296 – HISTORIC REMOVAL AND DISMANTLING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 02 4296 - 1 SECTION 02 4296 - HISTORIC REMOVAL AND DISMANTLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Historic treatment procedures for removal and dismantling work for designated historic spaces, areas, rooms, and surfaces and the following specific work: a. Removal and dismantling of indicated portions of building or structure and debris hauling. b. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Dismantle: To disassemble or detach a historic item from a surface, or a nonhistoric item from a historic surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to historic items and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. B. Existing to Remain: Existing items that are not to be removed or dismantled, except to the degree indicated for performing required Work. C. Remove: To take down or detach a nonhistoric item located within a historic space, area, or room, using methods and equipment to prevent damage to historic items and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. D. Retain: To keep an element or detail secure and intact. E. Salvage: To protect removed or dismantled items and deliver them to Owner. 1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETINGS A. Preconstruction Conference(s): Conduct conference(s) at Project site. 1. Review minutes of Preliminary Historic Treatment Conference that pertain to removal and dismantling procedures and protection of historic areas and surfaces. 2. Review list of items indicated to be salvaged. SECTION 02 4296 – HISTORIC REMOVAL AND DISMANTLING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 02 4296 - 2 3. Verify qualifications of personnel assigned to perform removal and dismantling. 4. Inspect and discuss condition of each construction type to be removed or dismantled. 5. Review requirements of other work that depends on condition of substrates exposed by removal and dismantling work. 6. Review methods and procedures related to removal and dismantling work, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Historic removal and dismantling specialist's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. b. Materials, material application, sequencing, tolerances, and required clearances. c. Fire prevention. d. Coordination with building occupants. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Preconstruction Documentation: Show pre-existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by Contractor's removal and dismantling operations. B. List of Items Indicated To Be Salvaged: Prepare a list of items indicated on Drawings to be salvaged for Owner's use or for reinstallation. Submit 15 days before preconstruction conference. C. Inventory of Salvaged Items: After removal or dismantling Work is complete, submit a list of items that have been salvaged. 1. Include item description, item condition, number of items if more than one of a type, and tag number. 2. As work proceeds, include on the inventory items that were indicated to be salvaged and items of historic importance discovered during the work. Document reasons, if any, why an item indicated to be salvaged was not salvaged. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by Owner as long as practicable. B. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with removal and dismantling work. C. Storage or sale of removed or dismantled items on-site is not permitted unless otherwise indicated. SECTION 02 4296 – HISTORIC REMOVAL AND DISMANTLING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 02 4296 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Preparation for Removal and Dismantling: Examine construction to be removed or dismantled to determine best methods to safely and effectively perform removal and dismantling work. B. Examine adjacent work to determine what protective measures are necessary. Make explorations, probes, and inquiries as necessary to determine condition of construction to be removed or dismantled and location of utilities and services to remain that may be hidden by construction that is to be removed or dismantled. 1. Verify that affected utilities are disconnected and capped. 2. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and dismantled for reinstallation or salvage. Enter this information on the inventory of salvaged items. 3. Before removal or dismantling of existing building elements that will be reproduced or duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements, materials, and construction details required to make exact reproduction. C. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs. 1. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 3233 "Photographic Documentation." D. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from historic removal and dismantling procedures. 3.2 HISTORIC REMOVAL AND DISMANTLING SCHEDULE A. Existing Items to Be Removed: 1. Window shutters. 2. Door and window hardware. END OF SECTION 02 4296 SECTION 04 0343 - HISTORIC MASONRY REPOINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 04 0343 - 1 SECTION 04 0343 - HISTORIC MASONRY REPOINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes historic treatment work consisting of repointing masonry joints, CMU, stone and brick, with mortar. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Low-Pressure Spray: 1. Pressure: 100 to 400 psi. 2. Flow Rate: 4 to 6 gpm. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference on historic masonry repair and repointing at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to repointing historic masonry including, but not limited to, the following: a. Verify historic treatment specialist's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. b. Materials, material application, sequencing, tolerances, and required clearances. c. Quality-control program. d. Fire-protection plan. e. Masonry historic treatment program. f. Coordination with building occupants. 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Work Sequence: Perform masonry historic treatment work in the following sequence, which includes work specified in this and other Sections: 1. Remove plant growth. SECTION 04 0343 - HISTORIC MASONRY REPOINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 04 0343 - 2 2. Inspect for open mortar joints and permanently or temporarily point them before cleaning to prevent the intrusion of water and other cleaning materials into the wall. 3. Remove paint. 4. Clean masonry. 5. Rake out mortar from joints surrounding masonry to be replaced and from joints adjacent to masonry repairs along joints. 6. Repair masonry, including replacing existing masonry with new masonry to match existing size, material and shape. 7. Rake out mortar from joints to be repointed. 8. Point mortar joints. 9. After repairs and repointing have been completed and cured, perform a final cleaning to remove residues from this work. 10. Coordinate masonry work with window replacement. B. As scaffolding is removed, patch anchor holes used to attach scaffolding. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. 2. Include recommendations for product application and use. 3. Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and locations of repointing work on the structure. 2. Show provisions for expansion joints or other sealant joints. 3. Show locations of scaffolding and points of scaffolding in contact with masonry. Include details of each point of contact or anchorage. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For the following: 1. Pointing Mortar: Submit sets of mortar Samples. D. Samples for Verification: For the following: 1. Each type, color, and texture of pointing mortar. E. Samples for Initial Selection: For the following: 1. Pointing Mortar: Submit sets of mortar for pointing in the form of sample mortar strips, 6 inches long by 1/2 inch wide, set in aluminum or plastic channels. a. Have each set contain a close color range of at least three Samples of different mixes of colored sands and cements that produce a mortar matching existing, cleaned mortar when cured and dry. SECTION 04 0343 - HISTORIC MASONRY REPOINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 04 0343 - 3 b. Submit with precise measurements on ingredients, proportions, gradations, and source of colored sands from which each Sample was made. 2. Sand Type Used for Pointing Mortar: Minimum 8 oz. of each in plastic screw-top jars. 3. Sealant materials. 4. Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection. F. Samples for Verification: For the following: 1. Each type, color, and texture of pointing mortar in the form of sample mortar strips, 6 inches long by 1/2 inch wide, set in aluminum or plastic channels. a. Include with each Sample a list of ingredients with proportions of each. Identify sources, both supplier and quarry, of each type of sand and brand names of cementitious materials and pigments if any. 2. Sealant materials. 3. Accessories: Each type of accessory and miscellaneous support. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For historic masonry repointing specialist including field supervisors and workers. B. Preconstruction Test Reports: For existing bricks and mortar. C. Quality-control program. D. Masonry historic treatment program. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Historic Treatment Specialist Qualifications: A qualified historic masonry repointing specialist. Experience in pointing or repointing only new or nonhistoric masonry is insufficient experience for masonry historic treatment work. B. Quality-Control Program: Prepare a written quality-control program for this Project to systematically demonstrate the ability of personnel to properly follow methods and use materials and tools without damaging masonry. Include provisions for supervising worker performance and preventing damage. C. Masonry Historic Treatment Program: Prepare a written, detailed description of materials, methods, equipment, and sequence of operations to be used for each phase of the historic treatment work, including protection of surrounding materials and Project site. 1. If materials and methods other than those indicated are proposed for any phase of historic treatment work, add to the quality-control program a written description of such materials and methods, including evidence of successful use on comparable projects, and demonstrations to show their effectiveness for this Project. SECTION 04 0343 - HISTORIC MASONRY REPOINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 04 0343 - 4 1.9 MOCKUPS A. Prepare mockups of masonry repointing, brick, stone and CMU, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Repointing: Rake out joints in two separate areas, each approximately 36 inches high by 48 inches wide for each type of repointing required, and repoint one of the areas. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.10 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on masonry units as follows: 1. Provide test specimens as indicated and representative of proposed materials and existing construction. 2. Existing Brick: Test each type of existing brick indicated for repointing according to testing methods in ASTM C 67 for compressive strength, 24-hour cold-water absorption, five-hour boil absorption, saturation coefficient, and initial rate of absorption (suction). Carefully remove five existing units from locations designated by Architect. Take testing samples from these units. 3. Existing Mortar: Test according to ASTM C 1324, modified as agreed by testing service and Architect for Project requirements, to determine proportional composition of original ingredients, sizes and colors of aggregates, and approximate strength. 4. Temporary Patch: As directed by Architect, provide temporary materials followed by permanent repairs at locations from which existing samples were taken. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver packaged materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers, labeled with manufacturer's name and type of products. 1.12 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit repointing work to be performed in accordance with product manufacturers' written instructions and specified requirements. B. Temperature Limits: Repoint mortar joints only when air temperature is between 40 and 90 degrees F. SECTION 04 0343 - HISTORIC MASONRY REPOINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 04 0343 - 5 C. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect mortar-joint pointing when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar materials. Provide shade and wind breaks, and use cooled materials as required to minimize evaporation. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 90 degrees F and above unless otherwise indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of material for repointing historic masonry from single source with resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. 2.2 MORTAR MATERIALS A. Historic Pointing Mortar: Factory-mixed cementitious product that is custom manufactured for repointing stone masonry. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: Cathedral Stone Products, Inc.; Jahn M110 Historic Pointing Mortar. 2. Use formulation that is vapor and water permeable, exhibits low shrinkage, has higher modulus of elasticity than the stone units being repaired, and develops high bond strength to all types of masonry. 3. Use formulation having working qualities and retardation control to permit forming and sculpturing where necessary. 4. Test existing existing mortar and match formulation. 5. Formulate pointing mortar used for repointing stone masonry in colors and textures to match each unit being repointed. B. Portland Cement: Portland cement is not permitted. C. Water: ASTM C 270, potable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION A. Prevent mortar from staining face of surrounding stone and other surfaces. 1. Cover sills, ledges, and other projecting items to protect them from mortar droppings. 2. Keep wall area wet below rebuilding and pointing work to discourage mortar from adhering. 3. Immediately remove mortar splatters in contact with exposed stone and other surfaces. SECTION 04 0343 - HISTORIC MASONRY REPOINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 04 0343 - 6 B. Remove gutters and downspouts and associated hardware adjacent to immediate work area and store during stone repointing work. Replace when repointing is complete. 1. Provide temporary rain drainage during work to direct water away from building. 3.2 MASONRY REPOINTING, GENERAL A. Have repointing work performed only by qualified historic treatment specialist. B. Appearance Standard: Repointed surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as viewed from minimum 20 ft. away by Owner’s Construction Manager. 3.3 REPOINTING A. Rake out and repoint joints to the following extent: 1. All joints in areas indicated. 2. Joints indicated as sealant-filled joints. 3. Joints at locations of the following defects: a. Holes and missing mortar. b. Cracks that can be penetrated 1/4 inch or more by a knife blade 0.027 inch thick. c. Cracks 1/16 inch or more in width and of any depth. d. Hollow-sounding joints when tapped by metal object. e. Eroded surfaces 1/4 inch or more deep. f. Deterioration to point that mortar can be easily removed by hand, without tools. g. Joints filled with substances other than mortar. B. Do not rake out and repoint joints where not required. C. Rake out joints as follows, in accordance with procedures demonstrated in approved mockup: 1. Remove mortar from joints to depth of 2-1/2 times the joint width and not less than that required to expose sound, unweathered mortar. 2. Remove mortar from stone surfaces within raked-out joints to provide reveals with square backs and to expose stone for contact with pointing mortar. Brush, vacuum, or flush joints to remove dirt and loose debris. 3. Do not spall edges of stone units or widen joints. Replace or patch damaged stone units as directed by Owner’s Construction Manager. a. Cut out center of mortar bed joints using angle grinders with diamond-impregnated metal blades. Remove remaining mortar in bed joints and mortar in head joints. Strictly adhere to approved quality-control program. D. Notify Owner’s Construction Manager of unforeseen detrimental conditions, including voids in mortar joints, cracks, loose stone, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items. SECTION 04 0343 - HISTORIC MASONRY REPOINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 04 0343 - 7 E. Pointing with Mortar: 1. Rinse joint surfaces with water to remove dust and mortar particles. Time rinsing application so, at time of pointing, joint surfaces are damp but free of standing water. If rinse water dries, dampen joint surfaces before pointing. 2. Apply mortar to any depth in a damp sand consistency, without layering. 3. Fill joint and compact mortar when slightly dry. 4. After mortar has set, use a dry brush across mortar joints to remove excess material. Follow with a damp sponge across joints. Repeat cleaning with sponge with clean water several times to remove all mortar from masonry face. 5. Cure mortar by maintaining in thoroughly damp condition for at least 72 consecutive hours, including weekends and holidays. a. Acceptable curing methods include covering with plastic sheeting and periodic hand misting. b. Adjust curing methods to ensure that pointing mortar is damp throughout its depth without eroding surface mortar. 6. Hairline cracking within the mortar or mortar separation at edge of a joint is unacceptable. Remove mortar and repoint. F. Where repointing work precedes cleaning of existing stone, allow mortar to harden at least 30 days before beginning cleaning work. 3.4 FINAL CLEANING A. Clean adjacent nonstone surfaces. Use detergent and soft brushes or cloths. B. Clean mortar and debris from roof; remove debris from gutters and downspouts. Rinse off roof and flush gutters and downspouts. C. Remove masking materials, leaving no residues that could trap dirt. END OF SECTION 04 0343 SECTION 06 1053 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 1053 - 1 SECTION 06 1053 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wood blocking and nailers. 2. Wood furring and grounds. 3. Wood sleepers. 4. Plywood backing panels. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 1600 "Sheathing" for sheathing. 2. Section 02 2820 "Termite Control" for site application of borate treatment to wood framing. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Boards or Strips: Lumber of less than 2 inches nominal size in least dimension. B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater size but less than 5 inches nominal size in least dimension. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. SECTION 06 1053 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 1053 - 2 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES: 1. Preservative-treated wood. 2. Power-driven fasteners. 3. Post-installed anchors. 4. Metal framing anchors. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation. Protect lumber from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Dress lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 15 percent unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for interior construction not in contact with ground, Use Category UC3b for exterior construction not in contact with ground, and Use Category UC4a for items in contact with ground. B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood nailers, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing and waterproofing. SECTION 06 1053 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 1053 - 3 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches above the ground in crawlspaces or unexcavated areas. 4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs-on-grade. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. 3. Furring. 4. Grounds. B. Dimension Lumber Items: Construction or No. 2 grade lumber of the following species: 1. Mixed southern pine or southern pine; SPIB. C. For blocking not used for attachment of other construction, Utility, Stud, or No. 3 grade lumber of any species may be used provided that it is cut and selected to eliminate defects that will interfere with its attachment and purpose. D. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work. E. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots capable of producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling. 2.4 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS A. Equipment Backing Panels: Plywood, DOC PS 1, Exterior, A-C, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 3/4-inch nominal thickness. 2.5 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. 1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners of Type 316 stainless steel. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F1667. SECTION 06 1053 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 1053 - 4 C. Post-Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC01 ICC-ES AC58 as appropriate for the substrate. 1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 2.6 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A653/A653M, G60 coating designation. 1. Use for interior locations unless otherwise indicated. B. Hot-Dip, Heavy-Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M; Structural Steel (SS), high- strength low-alloy steel Type A (HSLAS Type A), or high-strength low-alloy steel Type B (HSLAS Type B); G185 coating designation; and not less than 0.036 inch thick. 1. Use for wood-preservative-treated lumber and where indicated. C. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A240/A240M or ASTM A666, Type 316. 1. Use for exterior locations and where indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. B. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit carpentry accurately to other construction. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. C. Install plywood backing panels by fastening to studs; coordinate locations with utilities requiring backing panels. D. Install metal framing anchors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Install fasteners through each fastener hole. E. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated. SECTION 06 1053 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 1053 - 5 F. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. 1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and intersections where framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels. Space clips not more than 16 inches on center. G. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics do not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. H. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber. 1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water. 2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water. I. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code. 2. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener. J. Use steel common nails unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood. Drive nails snug but do not countersink nail heads unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF WOOD BLOCKING AND NAILER A. Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure-preservative-treated, key-beveled lumber not less than 1-1/2 inches wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF WOOD FURRING A. Install level and plumb with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finish work. SECTION 06 1053 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 1053 - 6 B. Furring to Receive Plywood or Hardboard Paneling: Install 1-by-3-inch nominal- size furring vertically at 24 inches on center. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If, despite protection, inorganic boron-treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label. B. Protect miscellaneous rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, miscellaneous rough carpentry becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label. END OF SECTION 06 1053 SECTION 06 1600 - SHEATHING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 1600 - 1 SECTION 06 1600 – SHEATHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wall sheathing. 2. Roof sheathing. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 1053 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work not exposed to view. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Wall sheathing. 2. Roof sheathing. B. Product Data Submittals: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack panels flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation. Protect sheathing from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. SECTION 06 1600 - SHEATHING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 1600 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PANEL PRODUCTS A. Thickness: As needed to comply with requirements specified, but not less than thickness indicated. B. Factory mark panels to indicate compliance with applicable standard. 2.2 WALL SHEATHING A. Plywood Sheathing, Walls: Either DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2, Exterior, Structural I sheathing. 1. Span Rating: Not less than 32/16. 2. Nominal Thickness: See Drawings. 2.3 ROOF SHEATHING A. Plywood Sheathing, Roof: Either DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2, Exterior, Structural I sheathing. 1. Span Rating: Not less than 32/16. 2. Nominal Thickness: See Drawings. 2.4 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. 1. For roof and wall sheathing, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A153/A153M. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F1667. C. Screws for Fastening Sheathing to Wood Framing: ASTM C1002. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of sheathing or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. Arrange joints so that pieces do not span between fewer than three support members. SECTION 06 1600 - SHEATHING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 1600 - 3 B. Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction unless otherwise indicated. C. Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. Table 2304.10.1, "Fastening Schedule," in the ICC's International Building Code. 2. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener. D. Use common wire nails or screws unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections. Install fasteners without splitting wood. E. Coordinate wall and roof sheathing installation with flashing and joint-sealant installation so these materials are installed in sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through completed assembly. F. Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match spacing of structural support elements. G. Coordinate sheathing installation with installation of materials installed over sheathing so sheathing is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at end of the workday when rain is forecast. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations in APA Form No. E30, "Engineered Wood Construction Guide," for types of structural-use panels and applications indicated. B. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below: 1. Wall and Roof Sheathing: a. Nail or screw to wood framing. b. Space panels 1/8 inch apart at edges and ends. END OF SECTION 06 1600 SECTION 06 2013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 2013 - 1 SECTION 06 2013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior trim. 2. Exterior lumber. 3. Fasteners. 4. Hardware. 5. Panel soffits. 6. Exterior shutters. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 1053 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work not exposed to view 2. Section 06 2023 “Interior Finish Carpentry” for interior carpentry 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials, dimensions, profiles, textures, and colors and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical-treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. Include chemical- treatment manufacturer's written instructions for finishing treated material. 2. Include fasteners and hardware. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations and sections; and details at 3”=1’-0” minimum scale. SECTION 06 2013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 2013 - 2 C. Samples for Verification: 1. For each species and cut of lumber and panel products, with half of exposed surface finished; 50 sq. in. for lumber and 8 by 10 inches for panels. 2. For each type of fastener and hardware. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Compliance Certificates: 1. For lumber that is not marked with grade stamp. 2. For preservative-treated wood that is not marked with treatment-quality mark. B. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES: 1. Wood-preservative-treated wood. C. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's warranties. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. 1. Protect materials from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. 2. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecast weather conditions permit work to be performed and at least one coat of specified finish can be applied without exposure to rain, snow, or dampness. B. Do not install finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. 1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. SECTION 06 2013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 2013 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, comply with applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the American Lumber Standard Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review. Grade lumber by an agency certified by the ALSC's Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of inspection agency, indicating grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. 2. For exposed lumber, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece, or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by inspection agency. 2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC3a. 1. Kiln dry lumber and plywood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 and 18 percent, respectively. 2. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. 3. For exposed items indicated to receive transparent finish, do not use chemical formulations that contain colorants or that bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. 4. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. 5. Mark lumber with treatment-quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC's Board of Review. 6. Application: Where indicated on Drawings. 2.3 EXTERIOR WOOD, GENERAL A. All wood used to repair or refabricate for replacement in kind, work associated with exterior windows, window openings, and/or exterior shutters is to be fabricated using select grade Spanish Cedar Lumber kiln-dried to 12 percent. Contractor is not to use chemical treated pine for any custom milled exterior carpentry. SECTION 06 2013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 2013 - 4 2.4 EXTERIOR TRIM A. Lumber Trim for Opaque Finish (Painted Finish): 1. Species and Grade: Spanish Cedar: a. Items: 1) Trim: 1 by; Select & Better. 2) Trim: 2 by: Select & Better. b. Maximum Moisture Content: 12 percent. c. Finger Jointing: Not allowed. d. Face Surface: Surfaced (smooth). e. Finishes: See Drawings. 2. Species and Grade: SPIB, Southern Yellow Pine: a. Items: 1) Trim: a) 1 by 2 to 1 by 8: No. 1. b) 1 by 12: C and Better. c) 2 by and greater: No. 1. 2) Miscellaneous: C and Better. b. Maximum Moisture Content: 15 percent. c. Finger Jointing: Not allowed. d. Face Surface: Surfaced (smooth). e. Factory Priming: Factory coated on both faces and all edges, with exterior primer compatible with topcoats specified. f. Finishes: See Section 09 9113 “Exterior Painting.” 2.5 LUMBER SIDING A. Provide kiln-dried lumber siding complying with DOC PS 20, factory coated with exterior primer compatible with topcoats specified. B. Species and Grade: Select Grade Cypress or Cedar. C. Pattern: Match existing. 2.6 PLYWOOD SOFFITS A. Plywood Type: Exterior, Grade A-C. 1. Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Face Species: Douglas fir. 3. Pattern: Plain. 4. Surface: Smooth. SECTION 06 2013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 2013 - 5 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry: Provide nails or screws, in sufficient length to penetrate not less than 1-1/2 inches into wood substrate. 1. For pressure-preservative-treated wood, provide stainless steel fasteners. 2. For applications not otherwise indicated, provide stainless steel fasteners. B. Adhesive: Type as indicated on Drawings and recommended by Fabricator. C. Putty: Type as indicated on Drawings and recommended by Fabricator D. Hardware: As indicated on Drawings. 2.8 FABRICATION A. Back out or kerf backs of standing and running trim wider than 5 inches, except members with ends exposed in finished work. B. Ease edges of lumber less than 1 inch in nominal thickness to 1/16-inch radius and edges of lumber 1 inch or more in nominal thickness to 1/8-inch radius. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION A. Contractor is to use field-templating to fabricate/replicate existing shapes and profiles of all wood components (exposed and concealed) that require repair or replacement. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine finish carpentry materials before installation. Reject materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. SECTION 06 2013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 2013 - 6 B. Prime lumber and moldings to be painted, including both faces and edges, unless factory primed. 1. Cut to required lengths and prime ends. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting." 3.4 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not use materials that are unsound, warped, improperly treated or finished, inadequately seasoned, or too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements. 1. Do not use manufactured units with defective surfaces, sizes, or patterns. B. Install exterior finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. 1. Use concealed shims where necessary for alignment. 2. Scribe and cut exterior finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. 3. Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer. 4. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. Install adjoining exterior finish carpentry with 1/32-inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/16-inch maximum offset for reveal installation. 5. Coordinate exterior finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to it. 6. Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate exterior finish carpentry. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM A. Install flat-grain lumber with bark side exposed to weather. B. Install trim with minimum number of joints as is practical, using full-length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches long, except where necessary. 1. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints. 2. Stagger end joints in adjacent and related members. C. Fit exterior joints to exclude water. 1. Cope at returns and miter at corners to produce tight-fitting joints, with full-surface contact throughout length of joint. 2. Plane backs of casings to provide uniform thickness across joints, where necessary for alignment. D. Where face fastening is unavoidable, countersink fasteners, fill surface flush, and sand unless otherwise indicated. SECTION 06 2013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 2013 - 7 3.6 INSTALLATION OF SIDING A. Install siding to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Horizontal Lumber Siding: 1. Apply starter strip along bottom edge of sheathing or sill. 2. Install first course of siding, with lower edge at least 1/8 inch below starter strip and subsequent courses lapped 1 inch over course below. a. Nail at each stud. b. Do not allow nails to penetrate more than one thickness of siding. 3. Leave 1/8-inch gap at trim and corners unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer, and apply sealant. 4. Butt joints only over framing or blocking, nailing top and bottom on each side and staggering joints in subsequent courses. 5. Install prefabricated outside corners as recommended by manufacturer of siding materials. C. Flashing: Install metal flashing as indicated on Drawings and as recommended by siding manufacturer. D. Finish: Apply finish within two weeks of installation. 3.7 ADJUSTING A. Replace exterior finish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with requirements. 1. Exterior finish carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. B. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean exterior finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. B. Touch up factory-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. 3.9 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather and other causes during construction. SECTION 06 2013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 2013 - 8 B. Remove and replace finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 06 2013 SECTION 06 2023 - INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 2023 - 1 SECTION 06 2023 - INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior trim. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 1053 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work not exposed to view. 2. Section 06 2013 “Exterior Finish Carpentry” for exterior carpentry. 3. Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting" for priming and backpriming of interior wood finish carpentry. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Interior trim. B. Product Data Submittals: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials, dimensions, profiles, textures, and colors and include construction and application details. C. Samples for Verification: 1. For each species and cut of lumber and panel products with nonfactory-applied finish, with half of exposed surface finished; 50 sq. in. for lumber and 8 by 10 inches for panels. 2. For each finish system and color of lumber and panel products with factory-applied finish, 50 sq. in. for lumber and 8 by 10 inches for panels. SECTION 06 2023 - INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 2023 - 2 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. 1. Protect materials from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. 2. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. B. Deliver interior finish carpentry materials only when environmental conditions comply with requirements specified for installation areas. If interior finish carpentry materials must be stored in other than installation areas, store only where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified for installation areas. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install interior finish carpentry materials until building is enclosed and weatherproof, wet-work in space is completed and nominally dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Do not install finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. 1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, comply with applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the American Lumber Standard Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review. Grade lumber by an agency certified by the ALSC's Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece. SECTION 06 2023 - INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 2023 - 3 2.2 INTERIOR TRIM A. Hardwood Lumber Trim for Opaque Finish (Painted Finish): 1. Species and Grade: Poplar; S4S Select. 2. Items: a. Trim. 3. Maximum Moisture Content for Hardwoods: 6-8 percent. 4. Finger Jointing: Allowed. 5. Face Surface: Surfaced (smooth). B. Hardwood Lumber Trim for Opaque Finish (Painted Finish): 1. Species and Grade: Mahogany; FAS. 2. Items: a. Louvers. 3. Maximum Moisture Content for Hardwoods: 6-8 percent. 4. Finger Jointing: Not allowed. 5. Face Surface: Surfaced (smooth). 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners for Interior Finish Carpentry: Nails, screws, and other anchoring devices of type, size, material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible. B. Hardware: As indicated on Drawings. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Back out or kerf backs of the following members, except those with ends exposed in finished work: 1. Interior standing and running trim, except shoe and crown molds. B. Ease edges of lumber less than 1 inch in nominal thickness to 1/16-inch radius and edges of lumber 1 inch or more in nominal thickness to 1/8-inch radius. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION A. Contractor is to use field-templating to fabricate/replicate existing shapes and profiles of all wood components (exposed and concealed) that require repair or replacement. SECTION 06 2023 - INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 2023 - 4 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine finish carpentry materials before installation. Reject materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. B. Before installing interior finish carpentry, condition materials to average prevailing humidity in installation areas for a minimum of 24 hours. 3.4 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not use materials that are unsound; warped; improperly treated or finished; inadequately seasoned; too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements; or with defective surfaces, sizes, or patterns. B. Install interior finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. 1. Use concealed shims where necessary for alignment. 2. Scribe and cut interior finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Where face fastening is unavoidable, countersink fasteners, fill surface flush, and sand unless otherwise indicated. 4. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. Install adjoining interior finish carpentry with 1/32-inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/16-inch maximum offset for reveal installation. 5. Coordinate interior finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to it. Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate interior finish carpentry. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR TRIM A. Install trim with minimum number of joints as is practical, using full-length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. 1. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches long, except where necessary. 2. Stagger joints in adjacent and related standing and running trim. SECTION 06 2023 - INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 06 2023 - 5 3. Cope or miter at returns, miter at outside corners, and cope at inside corners to produce tight-fitting joints with full-surface contact throughout length of joint. 4. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints. 5. Plane backs of casings to provide uniform thickness across joints where necessary for alignment. 6. Install trim after gypsum-board joint finishing operations are completed. 7. Install without splitting; drill pilot holes before fastening where necessary to prevent splitting. 8. Fasten to prevent movement or warping. 9. Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Replace interior finish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with requirements. 1. Interior finish carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. B. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean interior finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. B. Restore damaged or soiled areas and touch up factory-applied finishes if any. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather and other causes during construction. B. Remove and replace finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 06 2023 SECTION 07 2100 - THERMAL INSULATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 2100 - 1 SECTION 07 2100 - THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Glass-fiber blanket insulation. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Glass-fiber blanket insulation. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Installer's Certification: Listing type, manufacturer, and R-value of insulation installed in each element of the building thermal envelope. 1. Sign, date, and post the certification in a conspicuous location on Project site. B. Product Test Reports: For each product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration due to moisture, soiling, and other sources. B. Store inside and in a dry location. C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. SECTION 07 2100 - THERMAL INSULATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 2100 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes less than 25 and 450 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. B. Labeling: Provide identification of mark indicating R-value of each piece of insulation 12 inches and wider in width. C. Thermal-Resistance Value (R-Value): R-value as indicated below in accordance with ASTM C518. 1. R-Value at Roof: R-38. 2.2 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION A. Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation, Unfaced: ASTM C665, Type I; passing ASTM E136 for combustion characteristics. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Owens Corning; Pink Next Gen Fiberglass Insulation or comparable product by one of the following: a. Certainteed; SAINT-GOBAIN. b. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. c. Knauf Insulation. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Wire Batt Insulation Support: Spring carbon steel wire, 14-gage, with mitered ends; length to suit framing spacing. B. Insulation for Miscellaneous Voids: 1. Spray Polyurethane Foam Insulation: ASTM C1029, Type II, closed cell, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E84. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances that are harmful to insulation, including removing projections that interfere with insulation attachment. SECTION 07 2100 - THERMAL INSULATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 2100 - 3 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time. C. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Provide sizes to fit applications and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness or to achieve R-value. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION IN FRAMED CONSTRUCTION A. Blanket Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: 1. Comply with manufacturer’s installation instruction for particular conditions of installation. 2. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 3. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 4. Maintain 3-inch clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or protected from contact with insulation. B. Locations: 1. Walls: a. Friction-fit blanket insulation between studs after cover material has been installed on one side of cavity. 2. Ceilings: a. At roof framing, place wire batt supports at spacing as recommended by manufacturer. C. Miscellaneous Voids: Install insulation in miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where required to prevent gaps in insulation using the following materials: 1. Spray Polyurethane Insulation: Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions. SECTION 07 2100 - THERMAL INSULATION Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 2100 - 4 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. B. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION 07 2100 SECTION 07 4113.13 - FORMED METAL ROOF PANELS Government of the US Virgin Islands Departments of Health Parcels Fleming House & Customs House 100% Construction Documents 07 4113.13 - 1 SECTION 07 4113.13 - FORMED METAL ROOF PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exposed-fastener, lap-seam, metal roof panels. 2. Pre-engineered metal building roof panels. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner, Owner’s Construction Manager, Owner's insurer if applicable, metal panel Installer, metal panel manufacturer's representative, structural-support Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects metal panels, including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 3. Review methods and procedures related to metal panel installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 4. Examine support conditions for compliance with requirements, including alignment between and attachment to structural members. 5. Review structural loading limitations of deck during and after roofing. 6. Review flashings, special details, drainage, penetrations and condition of other construction that affect metal panels. 7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance, certificates, and tests and inspections if applicable. 8. Review temporary protection requirements for metal panel systems during and after installation. 9. Review procedures for repair of metal panels damaged after installation. 10. Document proceedings, including corrective measures and actions required, and furnish copy of record to each participant. SECTION 07 4113.13 - FORMED METAL ROOF PANELS Government of the US Virgin Islands Departments of Health Parcels Fleming House & Customs House 100% Construction Documents 07 4113.13 - 2 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of panel and accessory. 1. Exposed-fastener, lap-seam, metal roof panels. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include fabrication and installation layouts of metal panels; details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, attachment system, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and special details. 2. Accessories: Include details of the flashing, trim, and anchorage systems, at a scale of not less than 1-1/2 inches per 12 inches. 3. Provide signed and sealed design of metal roof panel system, including attachment, under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in the Virgin Islands. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of metal panel indicated with finishes. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below: 1. Metal Panels: 12 inches long by actual panel width. Include fasteners, closures, and other metal panel accessories. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer and Manufacturer. B. Product Test Reports: For exposed-fastener, lap-seam metal roof panels, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. C. Field quality-control reports. D. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For metal panels to include in maintenance manuals. SECTION 07 4113.13 - FORMED METAL ROOF PANELS Government of the US Virgin Islands Departments of Health Parcels Fleming House & Customs House 100% Construction Documents 07 4113.13 - 3 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer has a minimum of five years experience in manufacturing panels of this nature in a permanent, stationary, indoor production facility utilizing industrial equipment. 2. Manufacturer has current nationally recognized model building code agency product approvals for fastening design pressure capacities that meet projects uplift resistance test requirements per (UL 580 Class 90 or higher). 3. Manufacturer has an approved independent quality assurance inspection program to validate certified material and finished product specifications. 4. Manufacturer has permanent ink marking on panels that identifies the manufacturer, building code approvals, and date of production for material traceability and warranty validation. 5. Manufacturer’s product is listed in the UL (Underwriters Laboratory) fire resistant directory. B. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver components, metal panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package metal panels for protection during transportation and handling. B. Unload, store, and erect metal panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. C. Stack metal panels horizontally on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store metal panels to ensure dryness, with positive slope for drainage of water. Do not store metal panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. D. Retain strippable protective covering on metal panels during installation. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit assembly of metal panels to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of roof penetrations. SECTION 07 4113.13 - FORMED METAL ROOF PANELS Government of the US Virgin Islands Departments of Health Parcels Fleming House & Customs House 100% Construction Documents 07 4113.13 - 4 B. Coordinate metal panel installation with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, construction of soffits, and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Metal panel manufacturer, upon final acceptance for project, furnish a warranty covering bare metal against rupture, structural failure, and perforation due to normal atmospheric corrosion exposure for a period of twenty-five (25) years. B. Covering panel finish against cracking, checking, blistering, peeling, flaking, chipping, chalking, and fading for a period of twenty-five (25) years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide metal panel systems capable of withstanding the effects of the following loads, based on testing according to ASTM E1592: 1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Other Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Deflection Limits: For wind loads, no greater than 1/180 of the span. B. Wind-Uplift Resistance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that comply with UL 580 for wind-uplift-resistance class indicated. 1. Uplift Rating: UL 90. C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 degrees F, ambient; 180 degrees F, material surfaces. 2.2 EXPOSED-FASTENER, LAP-SEAM, METAL ROOF PANELS A. Provide factory-formed metal roof panels designed to be installed by lapping side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching panels to supports using exposed fasteners in side laps. Include accessories required for weathertight installation. SECTION 07 4113.13 - FORMED METAL ROOF PANELS Government of the US Virgin Islands Departments of Health Parcels Fleming House & Customs House 100% Construction Documents 07 4113.13 - 5 B. Corrugated-Profile, Exposed-Fastener Metal Roof Panels: Formed with alternating curved ribs spaced at 2-1/2 inches on center across width of panel. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide SEMCO (Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Company) (www.msemetals.com, 800-874-0335); Corrugated Panel or comparable product approved by the Architect. 2. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A792/A792M, Class AZ50 coating designation; structural quality. a. Thickness (Nominal): 24-gage (0.0185 inch). b. Exterior Finish: Bare AZ-50 Acrylic Galvalume. c. Color: Silver/White. 3. Panel Width: 24 inches 4. Panel Coverage: 21.5 inches. 5. Panel Height: 1/2-inch. 6. Texture: Smooth. 2.3 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING METAL ROOF PANELS A. Metal Roof Panels: Match existing metal panel profile. Coordinate with manufacturer’s available options. 2.4 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Underlayment: Provide self-adhering, cold-applied, sheet underlayment, a minimum of 20 mil thick, specifically designed to withstand high metal temperatures beneath metal roofing. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 1. Thermal Stability: Stable after testing at 220 degrees F; ASTM D1970. 2. Low-Temperature Flexibility: Passes after testing at minus 20 degrees F; ASTM D1970. 3. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide VaproShield LLC (www.vaproshield.com, 866-731-7663); SlopeShield Plus Self-Adhered or comparable product approved by the Architect. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete, weathertight panel system including trim, copings, fasciae, corner units, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal panels unless otherwise indicated. 1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and ridges, fabricated of same metal as metal panels. 2. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material recommended by manufacturer. SECTION 07 4113.13 - FORMED METAL ROOF PANELS Government of the US Virgin Islands Departments of Health Parcels Fleming House & Customs House 100% Construction Documents 07 4113.13 - 6 3. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed-cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch- thick, flexible closure strips; cut or premolded to match metal panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction. B. Flashing and Trim: Provide flashing and trim formed from same material as metal panels as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, eaves, rakes, corners, bases, framed openings, ridges, fasciae, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal panels. C. Gutters: Formed from same material as roof panels, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other special pieces as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long sections, of size and metal thickness according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Furnish gutter supports spaced a maximum of 36 inches on center, fabricated from same metal as gutters. Provide wire ball strainers of compatible metal at outlets. Finish gutters to match metal roof panels. D. Downspouts: Formed from same material as roof panels. Fabricate in 10-foot- long sections, complete with formed elbows and offsets, of size and metal thickness according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Finish downspouts to match gutters. E. Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping screws designed to withstand design loads. Provide exposed fasteners with heads matching color of metal panels by means of plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide EPDM or PVC sealing washers for exposed fasteners. F. Panel Sealants: Provide sealant types recommended by manufacturer that are compatible with panel materials, are nonstaining, and do not damage panel finish. 1. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick. 2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C920; elastomeric polyurethane or silicone sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in metal panels and remain weathertight; and as recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. 3. Butyl-Rubber-Based, Solvent-Release Sealant: ASTM C1311. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Fabricate and finish metal panels and accessories at the factory, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. B. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel. C. Fabricate metal panel joints with factory-installed captive gaskets or separator strips that provide a weathertight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact, and that minimize noise from movements. SECTION 07 4113.13 - FORMED METAL ROOF PANELS Government of the US Virgin Islands Departments of Health Parcels Fleming House & Customs House 100% Construction Documents 07 4113.13 - 7 D. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with manufacturer's recommendations and recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. 1. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 2. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. 3. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate sealant and to comply with SMACNA standards. 4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of accessories exposed to view. 5. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. a. Size: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" or metal panel manufacturer for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured. 2.7 FINISHES A. Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. C. Steel Panels and Accessories: 1. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions for seacoast and severe environments. 2. Concealed Finish: Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil. D. Pre-engineered Metal Building Roof Panels: Match existing roof panel color and system. SECTION 07 4113.13 - FORMED METAL ROOF PANELS Government of the US Virgin Islands Departments of Health Parcels Fleming House & Customs House 100% Construction Documents 07 4113.13 - 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, metal panel supports, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Examine primary and secondary roof framing to verify that rafters, purlins, angles, channels, and other structural panel support members and anchorages have been installed within alignment tolerances required by metal roof panel manufacturer. 2. Examine solid roof sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by framing or blocking and that installation is within flatness tolerances required by metal roof panel manufacturer. B. Examine roughing-in for components and systems penetrating metal panels to verify actual locations of penetrations relative to seam locations of metal panels before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Miscellaneous Supports: Install subframing, furring, and other miscellaneous panel support members and anchorages according to ASTM C754 and metal panel manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERLAYMENT A. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Apply primer if required by manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation. Apply at locations indicated on Drawings and below, wrinkle free, in shingle fashion to shed water, and with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches. Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days. 1. Apply over the entire roof surface. B. Flashings: Install flashings to cover underlayment to comply with requirements. SECTION 07 4113.13 - FORMED METAL ROOF PANELS Government of the US Virgin Islands Departments of Health Parcels Fleming House & Customs House 100% Construction Documents 07 4113.13 - 9 3.4 INSTALLATION OF METAL ROOF PANELS A. Install metal panels according to manufacturer's written instructions in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated. Install panels perpendicular to supports unless otherwise indicated. Anchor metal panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 1. Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving metal panels. 2. Flash and seal metal panels at perimeter of all openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws. Do not begin installation until air or water-resistive barriers and flashings that are concealed by metal panels are installed. 3. Install screw fasteners in predrilled holes. 4. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. 5. Install flashing and trim as metal panel work proceeds. 6. Locate panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splices and end laps to avoid a four-panel lap splice condition. 7. Align bottoms of metal panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self-tapping screws. Fasten flashings and trim around openings and similar elements with self-tapping screws. 8. Provide weathertight escutcheons for pipe- and conduit-penetrating panels. B. Fasteners: 1. Steel Panels: Use stainless steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the exterior; use galvanized-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the interior. C. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action as recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. D. Lap-Seam Metal Panels: Fasten metal panels to supports with fasteners at each lapped joint at location and spacing recommended by manufacturer. 1. Lap ribbed or fluted sheets one full rib. Apply panels and associated items true to line for neat and weathertight enclosure. 2. Provide metal-backed washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal panels. 3. Locate and space exposed fasteners in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. Use proper tools to obtain controlled uniform compression for positive seal without rupture of washer. 4. Install screw fasteners with power tools having controlled torque adjusted to compress washer tightly without damage to washer, screw threads, or panels. Install screws in predrilled holes. 5. Flash and seal panels with weather closures at perimeter of all openings. 6. Watertight Installation: a. Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant or tape to seal lapped joints of metal panels, using sealant or tape as recommend by manufacturer on side laps of nesting-type panels and elsewhere as needed to make panels watertight. b. Provide sealant or tape between panels and protruding equipment, vents, and accessories. SECTION 07 4113.13 - FORMED METAL ROOF PANELS Government of the US Virgin Islands Departments of Health Parcels Fleming House & Customs House 100% Construction Documents 07 4113.13 - 10 c. At panel splices, nest panels with minimum 6-inch end lap, sealed with sealant and fastened together by interlocking clamping plates. E. Accessory Installation: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. 1. Install components required for a complete metal panel system including trim, copings, corners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Provide types indicated by metal panel manufacturer; or, if not indicated, provide types recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. F. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently watertight. 1. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without buckling and tool marks, and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and achieve waterproof performance. 2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). G. Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered or lapped and sealed joints. Attach gutters to eave with gutter hangers spaced not more than 36 inches on center using manufacturer's standard fasteners. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. H. Downspouts: Join sections with telescoping joints. Provide fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely 1 inch away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches on center in between. 1. Provide elbows at base of downspouts to direct water away from building. 2. Connect downspouts to underground drainage system indicated. I. Pipe Flashing: Form flashing around pipe penetration and metal roof panels. Fasten and seal to metal roof panels as recommended by manufacturer. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING METAL ROOF PANELS A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written installation instructions. SECTION 07 4113.13 - FORMED METAL ROOF PANELS Government of the US Virgin Islands Departments of Health Parcels Fleming House & Customs House 100% Construction Documents 07 4113.13 - 11 3.6 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align metal panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect completed metal panel installation, including accessories. Report results in writing. B. Remove and replace applications where tests and inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. C. Additional tests and inspections, at Contractor's expense, are performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.8 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal panels are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of metal panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. B. Replace metal panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 07 4113.13 SECTION 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 6200 - 1 SECTION 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wall sheet metal fabrications. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 4113.13 "Formed Metal Roofing Panels" for roof and related flashings integral with roofing including gutters and downspouts. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Wall sheet metal fabrications. B. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Include identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project. 3. Include details for forming, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions. 4. Include details for joining, supporting, and securing, including layout and spacing of fasteners, cleats, clips, and other attachments. Include pattern of seams. 5. Include details of termination points and assemblies. 6. Include details of special conditions. 7. Include details of connections to adjoining work. 8. Detail formed flashing at scale of not less than 3 inches per 12 inches. SECTION 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 6200 - 2 C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sheet metal and accessory indicated with factory- applied finishes. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish. 1. Sheet Metal Flashing: 12 inches long. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For fabricator. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For sheet metal flashing to include in maintenance manuals. B. Special warranty. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal flashing similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in- service performance. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store sheet metal flashing materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. 1. Store sheet metal flashing materials away from uncured concrete and masonry. 2. Protect stored sheet metal flashing from contact with water. B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal flashing installation. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Delta E units when tested in accordance with ASTM D2244. SECTION 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 6200 - 3 b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested in accordance with ASTM D4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Sheet metal flashing assemblies, including cleats, anchors, and fasteners, are to withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing are not to rattle, leak, or loosen, and are to remain watertight. B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change: 120 degrees F, ambient; 180 degrees F, material surfaces. 2.2 SHEET METALS A. Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping. B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B209, alloy as standard with manufacturer for finish required, with temper as required to suit forming operations and performance required; with smooth, flat surface. 1. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: a. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 2605. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions for seacoast and severe environments. 2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 3. Concealed Finish: Pretreat with manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil. SECTION 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 6200 - 4 2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing to comply with details indicated and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing in shop to greatest extent possible. 2. Fabricate sheet metal flashing in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal. 3. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered and obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 4. Form sheet metal flashing to fit substrates without excessive oil-canning, buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 5. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view. B. Fabrication Tolerances: 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing that is capable of installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 2. Fabricate sheet metal flashing that is capable of installation to tolerances specified. C. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal in accordance with cited sheet metal standard to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant. E. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal. F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by cited sheet metal standard for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured. G. Seams: 1. Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. 2. Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use. Rivet joints where necessary for strength. SECTION 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 6200 - 5 H. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. 2.4 WALL SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Fabricate sill flashings. Form sill flashing with 2-inch- high end dams and upturns. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum: 0.032 inch thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install sheet metal flashing to comply with details indicated and recommendations of cited sheet metal standard that apply to installation characteristics required unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 1. Install fasteners, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing system. 2. Install sheet metal flashing true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder and sealant. 3. Anchor sheet metal flashing and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 4. Install sheet metal flashing to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. 5. Install continuous cleats with fasteners spaced not more than 12 inches on center. 6. Space individual cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 7. Install exposed sheet metal flashing with limited oil-canning, and free of buckling and tool marks. 8. Do not field cut sheet metal flashing by torch. 9. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. SECTION 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 6200 - 6 B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure- treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard. C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing. 1. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corner or intersection. 2. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints. 3. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate substrate not less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance. E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation. F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction. 1. Use sealant-filled joints unless otherwise indicated. a. Embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. b. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. c. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 degrees F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. d. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. 1) Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 degrees F. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants." 3.3 INSTALLATION OF WALL FLASHINGS A. Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture in accordance with cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of wall flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers. B. Opening Flashing: Install continuous sill flashings. 1. See Drawings. SECTION 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 6200 - 7 3.4 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder. C. Clean off excess sealants. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. On completion of sheet metal flashing installation, remove unused materials and clean finished surfaces as recommended in writing by sheet metal flashing manufacturer. C. Maintain sheet metal flashing in clean condition during construction. D. Replace sheet metal flashing that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures, as determined by Architect. END OF SECTION 07 6200 SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 9200 - 1 SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes sealants and joint backing. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Standard drawings illustrating manufacturer's recommended sealant joint profiles and dimensions applicable to Project. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's standard color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. C. Samples for Verification: For each type and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch- wide joints formed between two 6-inch- long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. D. Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint-sealant formulation. 4. Joint-sealant color. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: Submit qualification data for qualified applicator. SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 9200 - 2 B. Sealant, Waterproofing, and Restoration Institute (SWRI) Validation Certificate: For each sealant specified to be validated by SWRI's Sealant Validation Program. C. Preconstruction Laboratory Test Schedule: Include the following information for each joint sealant and substrate material to be tested: 1. Joint-sealant location and designation. 2. Manufacturer and product name. 3. Type of substrate material. 4. Proposed test. 5. Number of samples required. D. Preconstruction Laboratory Test Reports: For each joint sealant and substrate material to be tested from sealant manufacturer, indicating the following: 1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation are needed for adhesion. E. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint preparation methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on testing specified in "Preconstruction Testing" Article. F. Field Quality-Control Reports: For field-adhesion-test reports, for each sealant application tested. G. Sample warranties. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturers' special warranties. B. Installer's special warranties. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Provide exterior joint sealants by a single manufacturer responsible for testing of Project substrates to verify compatibility and adhesion of joint sealants. B. Installer Qualifications: Company with minimum of three years experience specializing in work of this section, employing applicators trained for application of joint sealants required for this project, with record of successful completion of projects of similar scope, and approved by manufacturer. SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 9200 - 3 C. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Prior to installing joint sealants, field test adhesion to joint substrates using ASTM C1193 Method A. Verify adhesion is adequate. Modify joint preparation recommendations for failed joints and re-test. Submit written test report. D. Preconstruction Manufacturer Laboratory Compatibility, Staining, and Adhesion Testing: Submit samples of each substrate or adjacent material that will be in contact with or affect joint sealants. Current manufacturer test data of products on matching substrates will be acceptable. 1. Adhesion: Use ASTM C719 and ASTM C94 to determine requirements for joint preparation, including cleaning and priming. 2. Compatibility: Use ASTM C1087 to determine materials forming joints and adjacent materials do not adversely affect sealant materials and do not affect sealant color. 3. Stain Testing: Use ASTM C510, ASTM C1248, or ASTM D2203 to verify non-staining characteristics of proposed sealants on specified substrates. 4. Pre-construction manufacturer laboratory testing is not required when sealant manufacturer can furnish data acceptable to Architect based on previous testing for materials matching those of the Work. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Accept materials on site in manufacturer's unopened original packaging. B. Store primers and sealants in dry location with ambient temperature range of 60 to 80 degrees F. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint- sealant manufacturer or are below 40 degrees F. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 1.10 SCHEDULING A. Schedule work so waterproofing, water repellents and preservative finishes are installed after sealants, unless sealant manufacturer approves otherwise in writing. B. Ensure sealants are cured before covering with other materials. SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 9200 - 4 1.11 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of joint sealants with cleaning of joint sealant substrates and other operations that may impact installation or finished joint sealant work. 1.12 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which joint sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that demonstrate deterioration or adhesive or cohesive failure under normal use within warranty period specified. 1. Urethane Sealants: a. Vertical Applications: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. b. Horizontal Applications: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Silicone Sealants: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion B. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. Joint Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C920 and other specified requirements for each joint sealant. C. Stain Test Characteristics: Where sealants are required to be nonstaining, provide sealants tested per ASTM C1248 as non-staining on porous joint substrates specified. D. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 9200 - 5 2.2 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Single-Component, Nonsag, Non-Staining, Neutral-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, Use NT; SWRI validated. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Tremco, Inc., Commercial Sealants and Waterproofing Division, An RPM Company (www.tremcosealants.com, 866-321-6357); Spectrem 1 or comparable products by one of the following: a. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc. b. Sika Corporation - Building Components 2. Applications: Use for typical exterior conditions including sheet metal to metal detailing. 3. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard line. B. Mildew-Resistant, Single-Component, Acid-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Tremco, Inc., Commercial Sealants and Waterproofing Division, An RPM Company (www.tremcosealants.com, 866-321-6357); Tremsil 200 Sanitary or comparable products by one of the following: a. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc. b. Sika Corporation - Building Components 2. Applications: Use for bathrooms. 3. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard line. 2.3 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS A. Single-Component, Nonsag, Moisture-Cure, Polyurethane Joint Sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Tremco, Inc., Commercial Sealants and Waterproofing Division, An RPM Company (www.tremcosealants.com, 866-321-6357); Dymonic 100 or comparable products by one of the following: a. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc. b. Sika Corporation - Building Components 2. Applications: Use with waterproofing systems. 3. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard line. 2.4 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING A. Sealant Backing Material, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 9200 - 6 B. Cylindrical Sealant Backing: ASTM C1330, Type B non-absorbent, bi-cellular material with surface skin, or Type O open-cell polyurethane, as recommended by sealant manufacturer for application. C. Bond Breaker Tape: Polymer tape compatible with joint sealant and adjacent materials and recommended by sealant manufacturer. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify joint dimensions are adequate for development of sealant movement capability. 2. Verify joint surfaces are clean, dry, and adequately cured. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 9200 - 7 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following: a. Masonry. 3. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: a. Metal. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint- sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application, and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 9200 - 8 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants in accordance with requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile in accordance with Figure 8A in ASTM C1193 unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide flush joint profile at locations indicated on Drawings in accordance with Figure 8B in ASTM C1193. 5. Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations indicated on Drawings in accordance with Figure 8C in ASTM C1193. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Field-Adhesion Testing: Perform adhesion tests in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and with ASTM C1193, Method A. 1. Perform 5 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate, and one test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or 1 test per each floor per building elevation, minimum. 2. For sealant applied between dissimilar materials, test both sides of joint. C. Remove sealants failing adhesion test, clean substrates, reapply sealants, and re-test. Test adjacent sealants to failed sealants. D. Submit report of field adhesion testing to Architect indicating tests, locations, dates, results, and remedial actions taken. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 07 9200 - 9 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. END OF SECTION 07 9200 SECTION 08 5113 – ALUMINUM WINDOWS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 08 5113 - 1 SECTION 08 5113 – ALUMINUM WINDOWS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Impact-resistant aluminum windows. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA): 1. AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 - Standard/Specification for Windows, Doors, and Unit Skylights. 2. AAMA 103.3-93 - Procedural Guide for Aluminum and Vinyl Prime Windows and Glass Doors, Insulating Storm Products for Windows and Glass Doors and Thermal Performance of Windows and Glass Doors. 3. AAMA 803.3 - Specification for Narrow Joint Seam Sealer for Use with Architectural Aluminum. 4. AAMA 2603 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. 5. AAMA 2605 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSI/AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2-97 - Voluntary Specification for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass Doors. 2. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Material Used In Buildings. C. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. ASTM C 1036-91 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass. 2. ASTM E 283-96 - Standard Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors. SECTION 08 5113 – ALUMINUM WINDOWS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 08 5113 - 2 3. ASTM E 330-96 - Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 4. ASTM E 331-96 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 5. ASTM E 547-96 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Differential. 6. ASTM E1886 - Standard Test Method for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors, and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Missile(s) and Exposed to Cyclic Pressure Differentials. 7. ASTM E1996 - Standard Specification for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors, and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricanes. 8. ASTM F 588-85 - Standard Test Methods for Resistance of Window Assemblies to Forced Entry Excluding Glazing. D. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC): 1. CPSC 16CFR-1201 - Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials. E. Glazing Association of North America (GANA): 1. Glazing Manual. 2. Laminated Glazing Reference Manual. F. Metro-Dade County, FL Building Code Compliance Office Protocol: 1. TAS 201 - Impact Test Procedures. 2. TAS 202 - Criteria for Testing Impact and Non Impact Resistant Building Envelope Components Using Uniform Static Air Pressure. 3. TAS 203 - Criteria for Testing Products Subject to Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Provide manufacturer's standard details, specifications and catalog information, recommendations, and installation instructions. 2. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 3. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 4. Installation methods. SECTION 08 5113 – ALUMINUM WINDOWS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 08 5113 - 3 B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings include unit elevations, details of window sections, typical anchorage and installation details, type of glazing and window finish, and interface with other products. C. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, two samples, minimum size 6 inches (150 mm) square, representing actual product and color. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports: Submit certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance characteristics and physical properties. B. Installer Qualification Data: Submit installer qualification data. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer capable of providing structural calculations, applicable independent product test reports, installation instructions, a review of the application method, customer approval and periodic field service representation during construction. Minimum five years documented experience in the manufacture of windows as required for this project. B. Installer Qualifications: Installer experienced to perform work of this section who has specialized in the installation of work similar to that required for this Project and who is acceptable to product manufacturer. C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Ordering: Comply with manufacturer's ordering instructions and lead-time requirements to avoid construction delays. B. Packing, Shipping, Handling, and Unloading: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. C. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful weather conditions. Handle units and components to avoid damage. Protect units against damage from elements, construction activities, and other hazards before, during and after installation. SECTION 08 5113 – ALUMINUM WINDOWS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 08 5113 - 4 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's recommended limits. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Project Warranty: Provide manufacturer's Limited Lifetime Warranty on aluminum windows. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide PGT Industries (www.pgtindustries.com, 800-282-6019); products or comparable product as approved by the Architect. 2.2 IMPACT-RESISTANT ALUMINUM WINDOWS A. Performance Requirements: 1. When tested according to Miami-Dade County test protocols, meets the design pressures stated in the Miami-Dade County Notice(s) of Acceptance for this product. 2. Air Infiltration: 0.3 (ft3)/min/(ft2) maximum when tested per ASTM E 283 at a 1.57 psf static air pressure difference. 3. Water Resistance: no water leakage when tested per ASTM E 547 at a static air pressure difference of 15 percent of the positive design pressure. 4. Windborne-Debris Impact Resistance: Passes ASTM E1886 missile-impact and cyclic- pressure tests in accordance with ASTM E1996. 5. Uniform Load Structural: after testing per ASTM E 330 with a load equal to 150 percent of the positive design pressure, the unit must be operable, with a maximum permanent deformation in any member of 0.4 percent of the member's length. B. Single Hung: PGT Industries, Inc. Series SH-7700A WinGuard Aluminum Single Hung Window. 1. Frame Depth: 2.784 inch (71 mm). 2. Configuration: Equal legs. 3. Window Hardware: Two spiral torsion spring balances. Two steel and tin-lead-zinc alloy cam lever sash locks on each vent locking beneath a groove in the fixed meeting rail (one sash lock if window width is less than 44 inches (1118 mm)). SECTION 08 5113 – ALUMINUM WINDOWS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 08 5113 - 5 4. Window Weatherstripping: Sides and top of vent weatherstripped with 0.170 by 0.270 inches (4.3 by 6.9 mm) fin seal, bottom of vent weatherstripped with compressed finned vinyl bulb. C. Fixed Lite: PGT Industries, Inc. Series PW740 WinGuard Aluminum Casement Picture Window. 1. Frame Depth: 2.784 inch (71 mm). 2. Configuration: Equal legs. 3. Shapes: See Drawings. D. Glazing: Exterior glazed, factory glazed with aluminum glazing bead. 1. 5/16–inch laminated glass, Low E. E. Grids (Muntins): 1. Exterior: 1-inch wide raised muntin applied to exterior. 2. Interior: 1-inch wide flat bar applied to interior . 3. Pattern: As indicated on Drawings. F. Construction: 1. Window Main Frame Members: Extruded from 6063-T6 alloy, nominal 0.062 inch (1.6 mm) wall thickness. 2. Window Sash Members: extruded from 6063-T5 aluminum alloy, nominal 0.062 inch (1.6 mm) wall thickness. a. Provide one stainless steel corner key in each corner of casement windows. 3. Stainless steel assembly screws. 4. Glazing attachment with silicone adhesive. G. Fabrication: 1. Mainframe and sash joints constructed with butt joint fit, assembled with Phillips pan head screws, and factory sealed with Parbond or Schnee Moorehead sealer. 2. All hardware factory installed with operators field installed. H. Finishes: 1. AAMA 2605 Duranar (or comparable) Finish: Pretreatment plus 2 coat, 70 percent Kynar base. 2. Color: White. I. Anchoring: 1. Contractor is to provide delegated structural design by a licensed engineer in USVI to establish number, spacing and type of fasteners required to resist loads provided by, and in accordance with manufacturer’s testing for site-specific wind loads and reactions. SECTION 08 5113 – ALUMINUM WINDOWS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 08 5113 - 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until openings have been properly prepared. B. Site Verification of Conditions: Verify substrate conditions (which have been previously installed under other sections) are acceptable for product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Verify openings are sized to receive window are in accordance with manufacturer's acceptable tolerances. 1. Field Measurements: Verify actual measurements/openings by field measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on shop drawings. Coordinate field measurements, fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid construction delays. C. If rough opening preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Owner’s Construction Manager of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 WINDOW INSTALLATION A. Install windows and accessories in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's recommendations. B. Securely fasten frames, and set units level, plumb, and square with respect to the surrounding structure, without twist or bow. C. Place insulation materials around shim spaces as required ensuring continuity of the thermal barrier of the structure. D. Apply caulk all around between the aluminum frame, ensuring that a continuous airtight and watertight perimeter seal results. Leave exposed surfaces clean and free of caulk. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Ensure that units freely operate in a normal fashion, and that panels and vents make proper contact with weatherstripping perimeter seal. Adjust frame, panel, vent, and hardware as needed. B. Leave units thoroughly clean and free of dirt or other construction residue. END OF DOCUMENT 08 5113 SECTION 08 9119 – FIXED LOUVERS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 08 9119 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fixed extruded-aluminum louvers. 2. Screens. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Louver Terminology: Definitions of terms for metal louvers contained in AMCA 501 apply to this Section unless otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. B. Horizontal Louver: Louver with horizontal blades (i.e., the axis of the blades are horizontal). C. Vertical Louver: Louver with vertical blades (i.e., the axis of the blades are vertical). D. Drainable-Blade Louver: Louver with blades having gutters that collect water and drain it to channels in jambs and mullions, which carry it to bottom of unit and away from opening. E. Wind-Driven-Rain-Resistant Louver: Louver that provides specified wind-driven-rain performance, as determined by testing in accordance with AMCA 500-L. F. Windborne-Debris-Impact-Resistant Louver: Louver that provides specified windborne-debris- impact resistance, as determined by testing in accordance with AMCA 540. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. For louvers specified to bear AMCA seal, include printed catalog pages showing specified models with appropriate AMCA Certified Ratings Seals. B. Shop Drawings: For louvers and accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Show frame profiles and blade profiles, angles, and spacing. SECTION 08 9119 – FIXED LOUVERS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 08 9119 - 2 2. Show weep paths, gaskets, flashings, sealants, and other means of preventing water intrusion. C. Samples: For each type of metal finish required. D. Delegated Design Submittal: For louvers indicated, Contractor to confirm with manufacturer’s structural performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation, the product is capable of withstanding stated design pressures. Contractor to also confirm with manufacturer’s structural performance requirements and design criteria, the appropriate fastener type, quantity, and locations for fastening the louver to the structure. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Windborne-debris-impact-resistance test reports. B. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's special warranties. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with the following: 1. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum." 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of openings by field measurements before fabrication. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Finish Warranty, Factory-Applied Finishes: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of baked enamel, powder coat, or organic finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Delta E units when tested in accordance with ASTM D2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested in accordance with ASTM D4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. SECTION 08 9119 – FIXED LOUVERS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 08 9119 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain fixed louvers from single source from a single manufacturer where indicated to be of same type, design, or factory-applied color finish. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design louvers, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using structural and seismic performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Structural Performance: Louvers withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated without permanent deformation of louver components, noise or metal fatigue caused by louver-blade rattle or flutter, or permanent damage to fasteners and anchors. Wind pressures are considered to act normal to the face of the building. 1. Wind Loads: a. Determine loads based on pressures as indicated on Drawings. C. Windborne-Debris-Impact Resistance: Louvers located within 30 feet (9.1 m) of grade pass enhanced protection, when tested in accordance with AMCA 540. D. Louver Performance Ratings: Provide louvers complying with requirements specified, as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's stock units identical to those provided, except for length and width in accordance with AMCA 500-L. E. SMACNA Standard: Comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" for fabrication, construction details, and installation procedures. 2.3 FIXED EXTRUDED-ALUMINUM LOUVERS A. Horizontal, Drainable-Blade, Windborne-Debris-Impact-Resistant Louver, Extruded Aluminum: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide The Airolite Company (www.airolite.com, 715-841-8757); SCH501X or comparable product as approved by the Architect. 3. Louver Depth: 5 inches. 4. Frame and Blade Nominal Thickness: Not less than 0.080 inch (2.03 mm). 5. Louver Performance Ratings: a. Free Area: Not less than 6.80 sq. ft. for 48-inch- wide by 48-inch- high louver. b. Point of Beginning Water Penetration: Not less than 1250 fpm (6.35 m/s). SECTION 08 9119 – FIXED LOUVERS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 08 9119 - 4 c. Air Performance: 1) Not more than 0.18-inch wg (40-Pa) static pressure drop at 9337-fpm (5.0-m/s) free-area velocity. 6. AMCA Seal: Mark units with AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. 7. AMCA Rating: AMCA 540. 1.2 LOUVER SCREENS A. General: Provide screen at each exterior louver. 1. Screen Location for Fixed Louvers: Interior faces. 2. Screening Type: Insect screening. B. Secure screen frames to louver frames with stainless steel machine screws spaced a maximum of 6 inches (150 mm) from each corner and at 12 inches (300 mm) on center minimum, but not less than manufacturer’s requirements based on actual design pressures on project. C. Louver Screen Frames: Fabricate with mitered corners to louver sizes indicated. 1. Metal: Same type and form of metal as indicated for louver to which screens are attached. Reinforce extruded-aluminum screen frames at corners with clips. 2. Finish: Same finish as louver frames to which louver screens are attached. 3. Type: Rewirable frames with a driven spline or insert. D. Louver Screening for Aluminum Louvers: 1. Insect Screening, Aluminum: 18-by-16 (1.4-by-1.6-mm) mesh, 0.012-inch (0.30-mm) wire. 1.3 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M), Alloy 6063-T5, T-52, or T6. B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M), Alloy 3003 or 5005, with temper as required for forming, or as otherwise recommended by metal producer for required finish. C. Fasteners: Use types and sizes to suit unit installation conditions. 1. For fastening aluminum, use aluminum or 300 series stainless steel fasteners. 1.4 FABRICATION A. Factory-assemble louvers to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. SECTION 08 9119 – FIXED LOUVERS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 08 9119 - 5 B. Maintain equal louver blade spacing, including separation between blades and frames at head and sill, to produce uniform appearance. C. Fabricate frames, including integral sills, to fit in openings of sizes indicated, with allowances made for fabrication and installation tolerances, adjoining material tolerances, and perimeter sealant joints. 1. Frame Type: Channel unless otherwise indicated. D. Include supports, anchorages, and accessories required for complete assembly. E. Provide subsills made of same material as louvers. F. Join frame members to each other and to fixed louver blades with fillet welds concealed from view, threaded fasteners, or both, as standard with louver manufacturer unless otherwise indicated or size of louver assembly makes bolted connections between frame members necessary. 1.5 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Finish louvers after assembly. B. High-Performance Organic Finish, Two-Coat PVDF: Fluoropolymer finish complying with AAMA 2605 and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. 1. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions for seacoast and severe environments. 2. Color and Gloss: White matte finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and openings, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site. SECTION 08 9119 – FIXED LOUVERS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 08 9119 - 6 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Locate and place louvers level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work. B. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection. C. Form closely fitted joints with exposed connections accurately located and secured. D. Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers, as indicated. E. Protect unpainted galvanized- and nonferrous-metal surfaces that are in contact with concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals from corrosion and galvanic action by applying a heavy coating of bituminous paint or by separating surfaces with waterproof gaskets or nonmetallic flashing. F. Install concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers, and insulation as louver installation progresses, where weathertight louver joints are required. Comply with Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants" for sealants applied during louver installation. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean exposed louver surfaces that are not protected by temporary covering, to remove fingerprints and soil during construction period. 1. Do not let soil accumulate during construction period. B. Before final inspection, clean exposed surfaces with water and a mild soap or detergent not harmful to finishes. Thoroughly rinse surfaces and dry. C. Restore louvers damaged during installation and construction, so no evidence remains of corrective work. If results of restoration are unsuccessful remove damaged units and replace with new units. D. Touch up minor abrasions in finishes with air-dried coating that matches color and gloss of, and is compatible with, factory-applied finish coating. END OF DOCUMENT 08 9119 SECTION 09 2900 - GYPSUM BOARD Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 2900 - 1 SECTION 09 2900 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior gypsum board. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Gypsum wallboard. 2. Gypsum ceiling board. 3. Interior trim. 4. Joint treatment materials. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Obtain each type of gypsum panel and joint finishing material from single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of damage. B. Stack panels flat and supported on risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written instructions, whichever are more stringent. SECTION 09 2900 - GYPSUM BOARD Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 2900 - 2 B. Do not install paper-faced gypsum panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. C. Do not install panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. 2.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C1396/C1396M. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Gypsum. b. Gold Bond Building Products, LLC provided by National Gypsum Company. c. USG Corporation. 2. Thickness: Match existing. 3. Long Edges: Tapered. B. Gypsum Ceiling Board: ASTM C1396/C1396M. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Gypsum. b. Gold Bond Building Products, LLC provided by National Gypsum Company. c. USG Corporation. 2. Thickness: Match existing. 3. Long Edges: Tapered. SECTION 09 2900 - GYPSUM BOARD Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 2900 - 3 2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C1047. 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper-faced galvanized-steel sheet Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet or rolled zinc Paper- faced galvanized-steel sheet. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead. b. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. 2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C475/C475M. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Board: Paper. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat, use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use drying-type, all-purpose compound. a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound. 2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C1002 unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates including support framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. SECTION 09 2900 - GYPSUM BOARD Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 2900 - 4 B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION AND FINISHING OF PANELS, GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C840. B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. 1. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. 2. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. 3. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels. F. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. G. Wood Framing: Install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner construction. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber, including floor joists and headers. Float gypsum panels over these members or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations: 1. Wallboard Type: Vertical surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 2. Ceiling Type: Ceiling surfaces. B. Single-Layer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing unless otherwise indicated. SECTION 09 2900 - GYPSUM BOARD Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 2900 - 5 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels. 3. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Control Joints: Install control joints in accordance with ASTM C840. C. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners. 2. LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges 3.5 FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and in accordance with ASTM C840: 1. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting." 2. Level 5: Where indicated on Drawings. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting." 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly remove from floors and other non-drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during drywall application. SECTION 09 2900 - GYPSUM BOARD Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 2900 - 6 B. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. C. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 09 2900 SECTION 09 5113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 5113 - 1 SECTION 09 5113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Acoustical panels. 2. Metal suspension system. 3. Metal edge moldings and trim. B. Products furnished, but not installed under this Section, include anchors, clips, and other ceiling attachment devices to be cast in concrete. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Acoustical panels. 2. Metal suspension system. 3. Metal edge moldings and trim. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For components with factory-applied finishes. C. Samples for Verification: For each component indicated and for each exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of sizes indicated below: 1. Acoustical Panels: Set of 6-inch- square Samples of each type, color, pattern, and texture. 2. Exposed Suspension-System Members, Moldings, and Trim: Set of 6-inch- long Samples of each type, finish, and color. 3. Clips: Full-size, seismic clips. SECTION 09 5113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 5113 - 2 D. Delegated Design Submittals: For seismic restraints for ceiling systems. 1. Include design calculations for seismic restraints including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Ceiling System: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling panel and its supporting suspension system from single source from single manufacturer. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Ceiling suspension-system members. 2. Structural members to which suspension systems will be attached. 3. Method of attaching hangers to building structure. a. Furnish layouts for cast-in-place anchors, clips, and other ceiling attachment devices whose installation is specified in other Sections. 4. Carrying channels or other supplemental support for hanger-wire attachment where conditions do not permit installation of hanger wires at required spacing. 5. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical panels. 6. Items penetrating finished ceiling and ceiling-mounted items including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Diffusers. c. Grilles. d. Speakers. e. Sprinklers. f. Access panels. g. Perimeter moldings. 7. Show operation of hinged and sliding components covered by or adjacent to acoustical panels. 8. Minimum Drawing Scale: 1/4 inch = 1 foot. B. Qualification Data: For testing agency. C. Product Test Reports: For each acoustical panel ceiling, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. D. Evaluation Reports: For each acoustical panel ceiling suspension system and anchor and fastener type, from ICC-ES. E. Field quality-control reports. SECTION 09 5113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 5113 - 3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Full-size panels equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. 2. Suspension-System Components: Quantity of each exposed component equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. 3. Hold-Down Clips: Equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. 4. Impact Clips: Equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical panels, suspension-system components, and accessories to Project site and store them in a fully enclosed, conditioned space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet-work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements," to design seismic restraints for ceiling systems. B. Seismic Performance: Suspended ceilings to withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7. SECTION 09 5113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 5113 - 4 C. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame-Spread Index: Class A in accordance with ASTM E1264. 2. Smoke-Developed Index: 50 or less. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Armstrong Ceiling & Wall Solutions (www.armstrongceilings.com, 877-276-7876); Fine Fissured or comparable product by the following: 1. USG Corporation. B. Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels in accordance with ASTM E1264 and designated by type, form, pattern, acoustical rating, and light reflectance unless otherwise indicated. C. Classification: Provide panels as follows: 1. Type and Form, Type III: Mineral base with painted finish; Form 2, water felted. 2. Pattern: CE (perforated, small holes and lightly textured). D. Color: White. E. Light Reflectance (LR): Not less than 0.80. F. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): Not less than 35. G. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Not less than 0.55. H. Articulation Class (AC): Not applicable. I. Edge/Joint Detail: As indicated by manufacturer's designation. J. Thickness: 5/8 inch. K. Modular Size: 24 by 24 inches. L. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard broad spectrum, antimicrobial formulation that inhibits fungus, mold, mildew, and gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria and showing no mold, mildew, or bacterial growth when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273, ASTM D3274, or ASTM G21 and evaluated in accordance with ASTM D3274 or ASTM G21. SECTION 09 5113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 5113 - 5 2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Armstrong Ceiling & Wall Solutions (www.armstrongceilings.com, 877-276-7876); Prelude XL or comparable product by the following: 1. USG Corporation. B. Metal Suspension-System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard, direct-hung, metal suspension system and accessories in accordance with ASTM C635/C635M and designated by type, structural classification, and finish indicated. 1. High-Humidity Finish: Where indicated, provide coating tested and classified for "severe environment performance" in accordance with ASTM C635/C635M. C. Wide-Face, Capped, Double-Web, Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from cold-rolled steel sheet; prepainted, electrolytically zinc coated, or hot-dip galvanized, G30 coating designation; with prefinished 15/16-inch- wide metal caps on flanges. 1. Structural Classification: Heavy-duty system. 2. End Condition of Cross Runners: Override (stepped) type. 3. Face Design: Flat, flush. 4. Cap Material: Cold-rolled steel. 5. Cap Finish: Painted white Painted to match color of acoustical unit. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C635/C635M, Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements. B. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires as follows: 1. Zinc-Coated, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 2. Size: Wire diameter sufficient for its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C635/C635M, Table 1, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but not less than 0.106-inch diameter wire. C. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint. D. Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint. E. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch wide; formed with 0.04-inch- thick, galvanized-steel sheet complying with ASTM A653/A653M, G90 coating designation; with bolted connections and 5/16-inch- diameter bolts. F. Seismic Clips: Manufacturer's standard seismic clips designed to secure acoustical panels in place during a seismic event. SECTION 09 5113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 5113 - 6 G. Seismic Stabilizer Bars: Manufacturer's standard perimeter stabilizers designed to accommodate seismic forces. H. Seismic Struts: Manufacturer's standard compression struts designed to accommodate seismic forces. 2.5 METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Armstrong Ceiling & Wall Solutions (www.armstrongceilings.com, 877-276-7876); product or comparable product by the following: 1. USG Corporation. B. Roll-Formed, Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that comply with seismic design requirements; formed from sheet metal of same material, finish, and color as that used for exposed flanges of suspension-system runners. 1. Edge moldings to fit acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems indicated and match width and configuration of exposed runners unless otherwise indicated. 2. For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit penetration exactly. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing to which acoustical panel ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of acoustical panel ceilings. B. Examine acoustical panels before installation. Reject acoustical panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width panels at borders unless otherwise indicated, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. SECTION 09 5113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 5113 - 7 B. Layout openings for penetrations centered on the penetrating items. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS A. Install acoustical panel ceilings in accordance with ASTM C636/C636M, seismic design requirements, and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension-system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. 4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling-suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly to structure or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 5. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for both the structure to which hangers are attached and the type of hanger involved. Install hangers in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 6. Fasten hangers to hanger inserts, postinstalled mechanical or adhesive anchors. 7. Space hangers not more than 48 inches on center along each member supported directly from hangers unless otherwise indicated; provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member. 8. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards. C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of four tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for hangers. D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. 1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. 2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches on center and not more than 3 inches from ends. Miter corners accurately and connect securely. 3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. E. Install suspension-system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. SECTION 09 5113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 5113 - 8 F. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension-system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide precise fit. 1. Paint cut edges of panel remaining exposed after installation; match color of exposed panel surfaces using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical panel manufacturer. 2. Install seismic clips in areas indicated; space in accordance with panel manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated. 3. Protect lighting fixtures and air ducts in accordance with requirements indicated for fire- resistance-rated assembly. 3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Suspended Ceilings: Install main and cross runners level to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet non-cumulative. B. Moldings and Trim: Install moldings and trim to substrate and level with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet, non-cumulative. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension-system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. B. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION 09 5113 SECTION 09 9113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 9113 - 1 SECTION 09 9113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on exterior substrates. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting" for surface preparation and the application of coating systems on interior substrates. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of topcoat. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square. 2. Label each coat of each Sample. 3. Label each Sample for location and application area. D. Product Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in the Exterior Painting Schedule to cross-reference paint systems specified in this Section. Include color designations. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Coating Maintenance Manual: Provide coating maintenance manual including area summary with finish schedule, area detail designating location where each product/color/finish was used, product data pages, material safety data sheets, care and cleaning instructions, touch-up procedures, and color samples of each color and finish used. SECTION 09 9113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 9113 - 2 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Paint Products: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain paint materials from single source from single listed manufacturer. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Handling: Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed containers, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. Packaging shall bear the manufacture’s label with the following information: 1. Product name and type (description). 2. Batch date. 3. Color number. 4. VOC content. 5. Environmental handling requirements. 6. Surface preparation requirements. 7. Application instructions. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 degrees F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 degrees F. B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 degrees F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. SECTION 09 9113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 9113 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Sherwin-Williams Company (The); products or comparable products by one of the following: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. PPG Paints; PPG Industries, Inc. 2.2 PAINT PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. B. Colors: Contractor to field match all existing colors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROJECT SCOPE A. All existing exterior surfaces that have existing paint finish are to be properly prepared, primed, and repainted to match existing color. Contractor is to field verify extent during bidding process. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Masonry (Clay and Concrete Masonry Units): 12 percent. 2. Wood: 15 percent. 3. Plaster: 12 percent. C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with finishes and primers. SECTION 09 9113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 9113 - 4 D. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems specified in this Section. D. Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces or mortar joints exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. E. Wood Substrates: 1. Scrape and clean knots. Before applying primer, apply coat of knot sealer recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for exterior use in paint system indicated. 2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and remove sanding dust. 3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood. 4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. 3.4 APPLICATION A. Apply paints in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only. 3. Paint both sides and edges of exterior doors and entire exposed surface of exterior door frames. SECTION 09 9113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 9113 - 5 4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 5. Primers specified in the Exterior Painting Schedule may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if compatible with intermediate and topcoat coatings and acceptable to intermediate and topcoat paint manufacturers. B. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. C. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. 1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written instructions, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. 1. Do not clean equipment with free-draining water and prevent solvents, thinners, cleaners, and other contaminants from entering into waterways, sanitary and storm drain systems, and ground. 2. Dispose of contaminants in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Allow empty paint cans to dry before disposal. 4. Collect waste paint by type and deliver to recycling or collection facility. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. SECTION 09 9113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 9113 - 6 3.7 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Wood – Paint: 1. Application includes treated wood (pine) boards and trim; and untreated wood. 2. System: a. Primer: S-W Exterior Oil-Based Wood Primer. b. Finish (2 coats): S-W A-100 Acrylic Gloss. B. CMU – Paint: 1. Application includes exterior CMU walls. 2. System: a. Primer: S-W PrepRite Int/Ext Latex Block Filler, B25W25 3. Finish (2 coats): S-W SW Duration Exterior Acrylic Satin, K33 Series C. Plaster – Paint: 1. Application includes exterior plaster walls. 2. System: a. Primer: S-W Multi-Purpose Int/Ext Latex Primer/Sealer, B51-450 b. Finish (2 coats): S-W SuperPaint Exterior Latex (Flat, Satin, or Gloss) END OF SECTION 09 9113 SECTION 09 9123 - INTERIOR PAINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 9123 - 1 SECTION 09 9123 - INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of interior paint systems. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting" for surface preparation and the application of coating systems on exterior substrates. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 2. Indicate VOC content. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of topcoat. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square. 2. Label each coat of each Sample. 3. Label each Sample for location and application area. D. Product Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in the Interior Painting Schedule to cross-reference paint systems specified in this Section. Include color designations. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Coating Maintenance Manual: Provide coating maintenance manual including area summary with finish schedule, area detail designating location where each product/color/finish was used, product data pages, material safety data sheets, care and cleaning instructions, touch-up procedures, and color samples of each color and finish used SECTION 09 9123 - INTERIOR PAINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 9123 - 2 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Paint Products: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gallon of each material and color applied. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain paint materials from single source from single listed manufacturer. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Handling: Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed containers, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. Packaging shall bear the manufacturer’s label with the following information: 1. Product name and type (description). 2. Batch date. 3. Color number. 4. VOC content. 5. Environmental handling requirements. 6. Surface preparation requirements. 7. Application instructions. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 degrees F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 degrees F. B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures of less than 5 degrees F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. SECTION 09 9123 - INTERIOR PAINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 9123 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Sherwin-Williams Company (The); products or comparable products by one of the following: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. PPG Paints; PPG Industries, Inc. 2.2 PAINT PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. B. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROJECT SCOPE A. All existing exterior surfaces that have existing paint finish are to be properly prepared, primed, and repainted to match existing color. Contractor is to field verify extent during bidding process. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. Where acceptability of substrate conditions is in question, apply samples and perform in-situ testing to verify compatibility, adhesion, and film integrity of new paint application. 1. Report, in writing, conditions that may affect application, appearance, or performance of paint. SECTION 09 9123 - INTERIOR PAINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 9123 - 4 B. Substrate Conditions: 1. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: a. Masonry (Clay and CMUs): 12 percent. b. Wood: 15 percent. c. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. d. Plaster: 12 percent. 2. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth. 3. Plaster Substrates: Verify that plaster is fully cured. 4. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers. C. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated. D. Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces or mortar joints exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. E. Wood Substrates: 1. Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer. 2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off. 3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood. 4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. SECTION 09 9123 - INTERIOR PAINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 9123 - 5 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and to recommendations in "MPI Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 5. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers. B. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. C. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Dry-Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry-film thickness. 1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry-film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry-film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. 1. Do not clean equipment with free-draining water and prevent solvents, thinners, cleaners, and other contaminants from entering into waterways, sanitary and storm drain systems, and ground. 2. Dispose of contaminants in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Allow empty paint cans to dry before disposal. 4. Collect waste paint by type and deliver to recycling or collection facility. SECTION 09 9123 - INTERIOR PAINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 9123 - 6 B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.7 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Board – Paint: 1. Application includes interior gypsum wallboard. 2. System: a. Primer: Primer: S-W ProMar 200 Zero-VOC Interior Latex Primer, B28W2600 b. Finish (2 coats): S-W SuperPaint Interior Latex Flat, A86 Series. B. Wood – Paint: 1. Application includes interior wood trim. 2. System: a. Primer: Primer: S-W ProMar 200 Zero-VOC Interior Latex Primer, B28W2600 b. Finish (2 coats): S-W SuperPaint Interior Latex Semi-Gloss, A88 Series C. CMU – Paint: 1. Application includes interior CMU walls. 2. System: a. Primer: Primer: S-W PrepRite Int/Ext Latex Block Filler, B25W25 b. Finish (2 coats): S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Eg-Shel, B20-2600 Series D. Plaster – Paint: 1. Application includes interior plaster. 2. System: a. Primer: Primer: S-W ProMar 200 Zero-VOC Interior Latex Primer, B28W2600 b. Finish (2 coats): S-W SuperPaint Interior Latex Flat, A86 Series SECTION 09 9123 - INTERIOR PAINTING Government of the US Virgin Islands US Virgin Islands Economic Development Authority Fleming House 100% Construction Documents 09 9123 - 7 E. Wood – Clear Finish: 1. Application includes interior wood flooring. 2. System: a. Prep: Sand the floors. b. Sanding Sealer: S-W Minwax Sanding Sealer c. Finish (3 coats): S-W Minwax Super Fast-Drying Polyurethane for Floors 350 VOC Satin. 1) Lightly sand with the grain between coats. F. Wood – Paint: 1. Application includes interior wood cabinetry. 2. System: a. Primer: Primer: S-W PrepRite ProBlock Interior Oil-Based Primer, B79W8810 b. Finish (2 coats): S-W Emerald Urethane Trim Enamel Satin, K37-2750 END OF SECTION 09 9123